You are on page 1of 395

2016 C-MAX HYBRID | C-MAX ENERGI Owner’s Manual

2016 C-MAX HYBRID | C-MAX ENERGI Owner’s Manual
owner.ford.com ford.ca

August 2015
First Printing
Owner’s Manual
C-MAX Hybrid/Energi
Litho in U.S.A.

GM5J 19A321 FA

The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of
continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time
without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a
retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission.
Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2015

All rights reserved.
Part Number: 20150713164400

Table of Contents

Introduction Driver and Passenger Airbags...................36
About This Manual...........................................7 Front Passenger Sensing System.............37
Symbols Glossary.............................................7 Side Airbags.....................................................39
Data Recording..................................................9 Driver Knee Airbag.........................................40
California Proposition 65..............................11 Safety Canopy™............................................40
Perchlorate.........................................................11 Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator........42
Ford Credit..........................................................11 Airbag Disposal...............................................43
Replacement Parts
Recommendation........................................11 Keys and Remote Controls
Special Notices................................................12 General Information on Radio
Mobile Communications Frequencies..................................................44
Equipment.....................................................12 Remote Control..............................................44
Export Unique Options..................................13 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control...........................................................50
Environment
Protecting the Environment........................14 MyKey™
Principle of Operation...................................51
Child Safety Creating a MyKey............................................52
General Information.......................................15 Clearing All MyKeys.......................................52
Installing Child Restraints............................16 Checking MyKey System Status...............54
Booster Seats..................................................22 Using MyKey With Remote Start
Systems.........................................................54
Child Restraint Positioning.........................24
MyKey Troubleshooting...............................54
Child Safety Locks..........................................25
Locks
Seatbelts
Locking and Unlocking.................................56
Principle of Operation...................................27
Manual Liftgate..............................................60
Fastening the Seatbelts..............................28
Power Liftgate..................................................61
Seatbelt Height Adjustment.....................30
Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator
Chime..............................................................31 Security
Seatbelt Reminder..........................................31 Passive Anti-Theft System........................65
Child Restraint and Seatbelt Anti-Theft Alarm............................................66
Maintenance................................................33
Steering Wheel
Personal Safety System™ Adjusting the Steering Wheel....................67
Personal Safety System™..........................34 Audio Control...................................................67
Voice Control...................................................68
Supplementary Restraints Cruise Control.................................................68
System Information Display Control......................69
Principle of Operation..................................35

1

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

Table of Contents

Wipers and Washers Heated Windows and Mirrors....................111
Windshield Wipers.........................................70 Cabin Air Filter..................................................111
Autowipers........................................................70 Remote Start....................................................111
Windshield Washers......................................72
Rear Window Wiper and Washers...........72 Seats
Sitting in the Correct Position...................113
Lighting Head Restraints..............................................113
General Information......................................74 Manual Seats..................................................115
Lighting Control...............................................74 Power Seats.....................................................117
Autolamps.........................................................75 Rear Seats........................................................119
Instrument Lighting Dimmer......................76 Heated Seats.................................................120
Headlamp Exit Delay....................................76 Rear Seat Armrest........................................120
Daytime Running Lamps..............................77
Front Fog Lamps.............................................77 Universal Garage Door
Direction Indicators........................................78
Opener
Interior Lamps.................................................78 Universal Garage Door Opener.................121
Ambient Lighting............................................79
Auxiliary Power Points
Windows and Mirrors Auxiliary Power Points................................126
Power Windows.............................................80
Global Opening................................................81
Storage Compartments
Exterior Mirrors.................................................81 Center Console..............................................128
Interior Mirror...................................................83 Overhead Console........................................128
Sun Visors.........................................................83
Starting and Stopping the
Sun Shades......................................................84
Engine
General Information....................................129
Instrument Cluster
Ignition Switch...............................................129
Gauges...............................................................85
Keyless Starting............................................129
Warning Lamps and Indicators................89
Starting a Gasoline Engine.......................130
Audible Warnings and Indicators.............92
Engine Block Heater.....................................132
Automatic Engine Shutdown...................133
Information Displays
General Information......................................93
Unique Driving Character-
Information Messages.................................101 istics
Hybrid Vehicle Operation...........................135
Climate Control
Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation...........137
Automatic Climate Control......................108
Hybrid Vehicle Frequently Asked
Hints on Controlling the Interior Questions....................................................140
Climate........................................................109
EcoSelect.........................................................142

2

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

Table of Contents

Fuel and Refueling Cruise Control
Safety Precautions.......................................143 Principle of Operation.................................179
Fuel Quality....................................................144 Using Cruise Control....................................179
Fuel Filler Funnel Location........................145
Running Out of Fuel....................................145 Driving Aids
Refueling.........................................................146 Steering.............................................................181
Fuel Consumption.......................................150
Emission Control System..........................150 Load Carrying
Rear Under Floor Storage..........................182
High Voltage Battery Luggage Covers.............................................182
General Information....................................153 Load Limit.......................................................183
Charging the High Voltage Battery........155
High Voltage Battery Cut-Off Towing
Switch..........................................................160 Towing a Trailer.............................................190
Transporting the Vehicle...........................190
Transmission Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels......190
Automatic Transmission.............................161
Driving Hints
Brakes Breaking-In......................................................192
General Information....................................164 Economical Driving......................................192
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Driving Through Water................................193
Brakes...........................................................165
Floor Mats.......................................................194
Parking Brake.................................................165
Hill Start Assist..............................................165
Roadside Emergencies
Roadside Assistance...................................195
Traction Control
Hazard Warning Flashers..........................196
Principle of Operation.................................167
Fuel Shutoff...................................................196
Using Traction Control................................167
Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................197
Collision, Damage or Fire Event..............199
Stability Control
Post-Crash Alert System...........................201
Principle of Operation................................168
Using Stability Control...............................169
Customer Assistance
Getting the Services You Need...............202
Parking Aids
In California (U.S. Only)............................203
Principle of Operation.................................170
The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto
Rear Parking Aid............................................170 Line Program (U.S. Only).....................204
Front Parking Aid............................................171 Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration
Active Park Assist..........................................172 Program (Canada Only).......................205
Rear View Camera........................................176 Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and
Canada........................................................205

3

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

Table of Contents

Ordering Additional Owner's Cleaning the Engine....................................243
Literature....................................................206 Cleaning the Windows and Wiper
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Blades..........................................................243
Only).............................................................207 Cleaning the Interior...................................244
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Only).............................................................207 Instrument Cluster Lens.......................244
Cleaning Leather Seats.............................245
Fuses Repairing Minor Paint Damage..............245
Fuse Specification Chart..........................209 Cleaning the Alloy Wheels.......................245
Changing a Fuse............................................217 Vehicle Storage............................................246

Maintenance Wheels and Tires
General Information....................................218 Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit....................249
Opening and Closing the Hood...............218 Tire Care..........................................................255
Under Hood Overview - Hybrid Electric Using Snow Chains.....................................270
Vehicle (HEV)............................................219
Tire Pressure Monitoring System...........270
Under Hood Overview - Plug-In Hybrid
Electric Vehicle (PHEV)..........................221 Technical Specifications...........................274
Engine Oil Dipstick.......................................222
Engine Oil Check..........................................222 Capacities and Specific-
Engine Coolant Check................................223
ations
Automatic Transmission Fluid Engine Specifications.................................276
Check............................................................227 Motorcraft Parts............................................277
Brake Fluid Check.........................................227 Vehicle Identification Number................278
Power Steering Fluid Check.....................227 Vehicle Certification Label.......................279
Washer Fluid Check.....................................227 Transmission Code Designation............279
Fuel Filter.........................................................227 Capacities and Specifications...............280
Changing the 12V Battery.........................228
Checking the Wiper Blades......................229 Audio System
Changing the Wiper Blades.....................229 General Information...................................283
Adjusting the Headlamps..........................231 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/
Removing a Headlamp..............................232 SYNC............................................................284
Changing a Bulb...........................................232 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Premium AM/
FM/CD.........................................................286
Bulb Specification Chart...........................237
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Sony AM/FM/
Changing the Engine Air Filter................238 CD.................................................................288
Digital Radio...................................................291
Vehicle Care Satellite Radio..............................................294
General Information....................................241 USB Port.........................................................296
Cleaning Products........................................241 Media Hub......................................................296
Cleaning the Exterior...................................241
Waxing.............................................................242

4

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

.....354 Scheduled Maintenance Record.......... First Printing .335 Accessories Accessories..........................................325 SYNC™ Troubleshooting....................................... Table of Contents SYNC™ General Information.................................344 Extended Service Plan (ESP) Extended Service Plan (ESP).................................346 Scheduled Maintenance General Maintenance Information.. enUSA......297 Using Voice Recognition..............323 Using SYNC™ With Your Media Player.....366 5 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America......................................302 SYNC™ Applications and Services..................................................315 SYNC™ AppLink™......352 Special Operating Conditions Scheduled Maintenance............356 Appendices End User License Agreement........348 Normal Scheduled Maintenance............................................299 Using SYNC™ With Your Phone..................

6 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. First Printing . enUSA.

flames or sparks in line with all applicable laws and regulations. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of SYMBOLS GLOSSARY voice-operated systems when possible. crash and E154903 injury. Battery acid This manual may qualify the location of a component as left-hand side or right-hand side. It is an integral part of your vehicle. Note: Some of the illustrations in this E162384 manual may show features as used in Anti-lock braking system different models. The side is determined when facing forward in the seat. enUSA. Make sure you are aware of all applicable These are some of the symbols you may local laws that may affect the use of see on your vehicle.non petroleum based 7 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control. the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any A Right-hand side. device that may take your focus off the road. Note: Pass on this manual when selling Battery your vehicle. operation of your vehicle. sometimes even before they are generally available. Your primary responsibility is the safe B Left-hand side. Safety alert Note: This manual describes product features and options available throughout See Owner's Manual the range of available models. Introduction ABOUT THIS MANUAL Thank you for choosing Ford. We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this manual. Brake fluid . It may describe options not fitted to the Air conditioning system vehicle you have purchased. The more that you know about your vehicle. electronic devices while driving. First Printing . Note: Always use and operate your vehicle Avoid smoking. so they may appear different to you on your vehicle.

First Printing . Introduction Brake system Front airbag Cabin air filter Front fog lamps Check fuel cap Fuel pump reset Child safety door lock or unlock Fuse compartment Child seat lower anchor Hazard warning flashers Child seat tether anchor Heated rear window Cruise control Heated windshield E71340 Do not open when hot Interior luggage compartment release Engine air filter Jack Engine coolant Keep out of reach of children E161353 Engine coolant temperature Lighting control Engine oil Low tire pressure warning Explosive gas Maintain correct fluid level Fan warning Note operating instructions Fasten seatbelt Panic alarm 8 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. enUSA.

For U. In order to properly diagnose and and service your vehicle. and that the diagnostic information may be used Service engine soon for any purpose.S. Stability control this data will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. E138639 The event data recorder is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics Windshield wash and wipe and safety systems for a short period of time. • How far (if at all) the driver was This potentially includes information about depressing the accelerator and/or the performance or status of various the brake pedal. and service and repair the steering wheel. diagnostic information about your vehicle. if you choose Power windows front/rear to use the SYNC Vehicle Health Report. Ford Motor Company. such as engine. Event Data Recording Side airbag This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. when your vehicle is in for service or repair. only (if equipped). and service and repair Power steering fluid facilities may access or share among them data for vehicle improvement purposes. The event data recorder in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: DATA RECORDING • How various systems in your vehicle Service Data Recording were operating. Ford Motor Company. enUSA. in Shield the eyes certain crash or near crash-like situations. Introduction Parking aid facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received E139213 through a direct connection to your vehicle Parking brake when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle. • Where the driver was positioning Ford of Canada. The main purpose of an event data recorder is to record. systems. steering or brake • How fast the vehicle was traveling. you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed Power window lockout electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities. and systems and modules in the vehicle. typically 30 seconds or less. First Printing . • Whether or not the driver and Service data recorders in your vehicle are passenger safety belts were capable of collecting and storing buckled/fastened. 9 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. such as an airbag E167012 deployment or hitting a road obstacle. Ford of Canada. throttle. See SYNC™ (page 297). Additionally.

only). Directions and Information. See SYNC™ Canada. that Traffic. Assist and Traffic. can read equipped. If you do not want to disclose and access to the vehicle or the event this information. Introduction This data can help provide a better Note: Including to the extent that any understanding of the circumstances in law pertaining to Event Data Recorders which crashes and injuries occur. personal information about the occupants to assist 911 operators to To read data recorded by an event data provide the most appropriate emergency recorder. of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Terms and Conditions. the vehicle manufacturer. (page 297). consent. unless pursuant to court order traffic reports. 911 Assist non-trivial crash situation occurs. the recorded (see limitations regarding 911 activation of the fuel pump shut-off. travel direction. such as law enforcement. applies to SYNC or its features. no data may. see access the information independently Traffic. that you request. do not activate the 911 data recorder is needed. the service uses the information if they have access to GPS technology and advanced vehicle the vehicle or the event data recorder. and speed Canada do not access event data (“vehicle travel information”). in certain vehicles. when you connect to parties. enUSA. directions and Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist Information privacy below). See SYNC™ (page 297). disclose to emergency under normal driving conditions and no services that the vehicle has been in a personal data or information (e.g. sensors to collect the vehicle’s current Ford Motor Company and Ford of location. only to recorder information without obtaining help provide you with the directions. or business searches or where required by law enforcement. special equipment is required.S. 10 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. name. could electronically or verbally provide to 911 combine the event data recorder data operators the vehicle location (such as with the type of personally identifying latitude and longitude). please Note: Event data recorder data is note the following: Once 911 Assist (if recorded by your vehicle only if a equipped) is enabled (set ON). crash involving the deployment of an gender. First Printing . and/or other data routinely acquired during a crash details about the vehicle or crash or investigation. age. U. Directions and Information (if have such special equipment. and crash location) is airbag or. services. For more information. In addition to Assist feature. If you do not want other government authorities or other Ford or its vendors to receive this third parties acting with lawful information. However.. do not activate the authority. may also be capable of being used to parties. Other parties may seek to service. other Additionally. such as law enforcement. through any paired and connected is recorded by the event data recorder cell phone.

as well as to help manage your account. REPLACEMENT PARTS Battery posts. Genuine (U. and certain products of component wear please go to www. For more information regarding Ford Credit. perchlorate Collision Repairs FORD CREDIT We hope that you never experience a collision. thank you for your business. contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.ca. certain fluids contained in vehicles as well as to access Account Manager. terminals and related RECOMMENDATION accessories contain lead and lead compounds. chemicals known to the Your vehicle has been built to the highest State of California to cause cancer and standards using quality parts. FoMoCo or PERCHLORATE Motorcraft branding on the parts or their packaging. We reproductive harm. safety belt Scheduled Maintenance and pretensioners and remote control batteries Mechanical Repairs may contain perchlorate material. Certain components in your vehicle such as airbag modules. During vehicle vehicle. You can clearly identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the Ford. 11 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. that your vehicle provides years of service is to have it maintained in line with our For more information visit: recommendations using parts that conform to the specifications detailed in Web Address this Owner’s Manual. WARNINGS Some constituents of engine Phone: 1-800-727-7000 exhaust. enUSA.dtsc. Batteries also contain recommend that you demand the use of other chemicals known to the State of genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts California to cause cancer.fordcredit. finish. Introduction CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 For your convenience we offer a number of ways to contact us. Wash your whenever your vehicle requires scheduled hands after handling. First Printing . If you have financed or leased your vehicle through Ford Credit. Only) Ford replacement collision parts meet our stringent requirements for fit. Special handling may apply for service or vehicle One of the best ways for you to make sure end of life disposal.gov/hazardouswaste/ specifications. Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these www. maintenance or repair.S. but accidents do happen. corrosion protection and lease plans to help you acquire your and dent resistance. certain vehicle components. Ford Credit offers a full range of financing structural integrity.com.

Installing a non-Ford-approved Warranty on Replacement Parts aftermarket OBD plug-in device that uses the port during normal driving. pagers. cellular phones. Failure to follow the portable email devices. refer to the terms OBD plug-in devices. New Vehicle Limited Warranty MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS For a detailed description of what is EQUIPMENT covered and what is not covered by your vehicle’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty. you must not compromise your own or others’ safety when using such Special Instructions equipment. for example Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement remote insurance company monitoring. services with diagnostic scan tools. Mobile communications can enhance personal safety and security when For your added safety. may cause caused to your vehicle as a result of the interference or damage to vehicle systems. telematics or benefit from a Ford Warranty. Mobile yourself and others if you do not communication equipment includes. Damage engine reprogramming. but follow the instruction highlighted by is not limited to. text messaging specific warnings and instructions could devices and portable two-way radios. For of any non-Ford-approved aftermarket additional information. emergency situations. Front seat mounted rear-facing child or infant seats should NEVER be placed in front of an active passenger airbag. However. the warning symbol. Safety must be WARNINGS paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid You risk death or serious injury to negating these benefits. particularly in with sophisticated electronic controls. Using mobile communications equipment refer to the Warranty Manual that is is becoming increasingly important in the provided to you along with your Owner’s conduct of business and personal affairs. A great way to know for Your vehicle’s On-board Diagnostics sure you are getting this level of protection (OBD-II) system has a data port for is to use genuine Ford replacement diagnostics. First Printing . Manual. parts are the only replacement parts that remote vehicle diagnostics. repair and reprogramming collision parts. 12 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Introduction development we validate these parts On-board Diagnostics (OBD-II) deliver the intended level of protection as a whole system. failure of non-Ford parts may not be We do not recommend or endorse the use covered by the Ford Warranty. enUSA. your vehicle is fitted appropriately used. result in personal injury. The vehicle Warranty and conditions of the Ford Warranty. may not cover damage caused by any non-Ford-approved aftermarket OBD SPECIAL NOTICES plug-in device.

First Printing . Refer to this Owner’s Manual for all other required information and warnings. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. By referring to the market unique supplement. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. Features or equipment listed as standard may be different on units built for Export. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road.S. Introduction WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control. crash and injury. you can properly identify those features. A market unique supplement may be supplied that complements this book. and Canadian Markets. This Owner’s Manual is written primarily for the U. recommendations and specifications that are unique to your vehicle. enUSA. your vehicle may be equipped with features and options that are different from the features and options that are described in this Owner’s Manual. if provided. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. 13 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. EXPORT UNIQUE OPTIONS For your particular global region.

Environment PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT You must play your part in protecting the environment. First Printing . cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps toward this aim. enUSA. 14 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste.

ca). Small child seat is appropriate for your child.tc. the temperature in the trunk or organizations. requirements of law. First Printing . 15 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. contact your provincial appropriate for their height. locate your local weight. On hot Administration and other safety days. Failure to properly of serious injury or death to your child. John Ambulance office by searching for bought separately from your vehicle.dot. WARNINGS check with your local St. including brain damage. St. Child safety restraints must be St. In Canada. Child Safety GENERAL INFORMATION WARNINGS is compatible with and properly installed See the following sections for directions in your vehicle.gc. age and ministry of transportation. restrain children in safety seats made All children are shaped differently. John Ambulance Always make sure your child is office for referral to a CPST or for further secured properly in a device that is information. To locate a child seat fitting on how to properly use safety restraints station and CPST. John Ambulance on the internet. or are the minimum vehicle interior can rise very quickly. age and weight thresholds Do not leave children or animals from National Highway Traffic Safety unattended in the vehicle. age. Ford recommends Exposure of people or animals to these checking with a NHTSA Certified Child high temperatures for even a short time Passenger Safety Technician (CPST) and can cause death or serious heat-related consult your pediatrician to make sure your injuries. contact the NHTSA toll for children. and children are particularly at risk.gov. free at 1-888-327-4236 or go to http://www. enUSA. or Failure to follow these instructions and Transport Canada at 1-800-333-0371 guidelines may result in an increased risk (http://www. and weight The recommendations for safety may result in an increased risk of serious restraints are based on probable injury or death to your child. especially for their height. child height.nhtsa.

Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in a front seating position. Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements about the safety of children in your vehicle. 9 in. Small children Children who have outgrown or no longer Use a belt-positioning properly fit in a child safety seat (gener. across the shoulder and mended by child restraint manufacturer). a height of 4 feet 9 inches (1. height. always properly restrain children 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle. and between 40 lb (18 kg) and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer). 16 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. 9 in.45 m) tall or greater than 80 shoulder belt centered lb (36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recom. 4 ft. booster seat. First Printing . • When possible.45 m) tall. (sometimes called an infant carrier. and seat back upright. or age Recommended restraint type Infants or Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less Use a child safety seat toddlers (generally age four or younger). convertible seat. (1. chest.45 meters) tall. ally children who are less than 4 ft. enUSA. weight. or toddler seat). RESTRAINTS • Many states and provinces require that small children use approved booster Child Seats seats until they reach age eight. are greater than age four and less than age 12. Child Safety Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children Child Child size. or 80 pounds (36 kilograms). See E142594 Front Passenger Sensing System (page 37). Larger children Children who have outgrown or no longer Use a vehicle safety belt properly fit in a belt-positioning booster having the lap belt snug seat (generally children who are at least and low across the hips. • You are required by law to properly use safety seats for infants and toddlers in INSTALLING CHILD the United States and Canada. (1.

• Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety seat. convertible seat. does not require the use of a locking clip. occupants E142528 should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained. with the tongue between the child seat and the release button. 1. toddlers. to prevent accidental unbuckling. Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle. back. Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. Using Lap and Shoulder Belts Perform the following steps when WARNINGS installing the child seat with combination Airbags can kill or injure a child in a lap and shoulder belts: child seat. combination lap and shoulder belts: • Use the correct safety belt buckle for that seating position. and depending on the child restraint design. enUSA. or child seat will be installed in the upright toddler seat) for infants. children weighing 40 pounds (18 • Put the safety belt in the automatic kilograms) or less (generally age four or locking mode. the steps are If you must use a forward-facing child seat the same for installing a rear facing child in the front seat. a forward facing child seat. This vehicle younger). Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in the rear seat whenever possible. See Step 5. Depending on where you secure a child restraint. Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder When installing a child safety seat with belt. rendering those features potentially unusable. First Printing . Child Safety Use a child safety seat (sometimes called • Place the vehicle seat upon which the an infant carrier. To avoid risk of injury. E142529 17 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. • Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch. or position. Never place a rear-facing Note: Although the child seat illustrated is child seat in front of an active airbag. you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies and LATCH lower anchors. move the seat all the way seat.

If the retractor is not locked. Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted. unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6. Pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together. The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode. Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it. portions together. Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle (the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from) for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage. E142531 4. grasp the shoulder E142530 portion of the belt and pull downward 3. Child Safety 2. E142533 18 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode (you should not be able to pull more belt out). 7. seats. First Printing . enUSA. route the tongue Note: The automatic locking mode is through the child seat according to the available on the front passenger and rear child seat manufacturer's instructions. Allow the belt to retract to remove slack. To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode. 6. E142875 5. While holding the shoulder and lap belt until all of the belt is pulled out.

Using Lower Anchors and Tethers Force the seat down with extra weight. Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician to make certain the child restraint is properly installed. for CHildren (LATCH) for example. For forward-facing move it side to side and forward and child seats. In Canada. LATCH compatible child safety seats have two rigid or webbing mounted E142534 attachments that connect to the two lower anchors at the LATCH equipped seating 10. unusable. check with your local St. To avoid risk of injury. This type of forcibly move the seat forward and attachment method eliminates the need back to make sure the seat is securely to use safety belts to attach the child seat. held in place. To check this. if a top tether strap has been for proper installation. grab the however the safety belt can still be used seat at the belt path and attempt to to attach the child seat. by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while WARNINGS pulling up on the shoulder belt in order Never attach two child safety seats to force slack from the belt. Attach the tether strap (if the child seat rendering those features potentially is equipped). This is to the same anchor. proper snugness of the child seat to your vehicle. 19 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. a slight lean Depending on where you secure a toward the buckle will additionally help child restraint. John Ambulance office for referral to a Certified Passenger Seat Technician. and depending on the to remove remaining slack from the child restraint design. 9. First Printing . enUSA. occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained. It also helps to achieve the death. you may block belt. one necessary to remove the remaining anchor may not be strong enough to slack that will exist once the extra hold two child safety seat attachments weight of the child is added to the child and may break. Sometimes. There should be no more than be attached to the proper top tether 1 inch (2. Before placing the child in the seat. Child Safety 8. In a crash. Remove remaining slack from the belt. the top tether strap must also back. access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies or LATCH lower anchors. positions in your vehicle. causing serious injury or restraint. provided with your child seat.5 centimeters) of movement anchor. The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points: two lower anchors located where seat back and seat cushion meet (called the seat bight) and one top tether anchor located behind that seating position.

if The LATCH anchors are located at the rear applicable. enUSA. Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child seat only to the anchors shown. Child Safety Use of Inboard Lower Anchors from the Outboard Seating Positions (Center Seating Use) WARNING The standardized spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 11 inches (28 centimeters) center to center. First Printing . attachments. install a child seat with LATCH If the safety seat is not anchored properly. Do not use LATCH lower anchors for the center seating position unless the child seat manufacturer's instructions permit and E142535 specify using anchors spaced at least as far apart as those in this vehicle. check E144054 that the seat is properly attached to the lower anchors and tether anchor. 20 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. A child seat with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be installed at the center seating position. Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for child seat installation at the seating The lower anchors at the center of the positions marked with the child seat second row rear seat are spaced 18 inches symbol. LATCH compatible child seats (with attachments on belt webbing) can only be used at this seating position provided that the child seat manufacturer's instructions permit use with the anchor spacing stated. straps. (46 centimeters) apart. Do not attach a child seat to any lower anchor if an adjacent child seat is attached to that anchor. Tug the child seat from side to section of the rear seat between the side and forward and back where it is cushion and seat back below the symbols secured to your vehicle. Follow the instructions on the risk of a child being injured in a crash attaching child safety seats with tether greatly increases. Each time you use the safety seat. The seat should as shown. Follow the child seat move less than one inch when you do this manufacturer's instructions to properly for a proper installation.

Once the child safety seat has been installed using either the safety belt. If needed. the head restraints can also Contact the manufacturer of your child be removed. route the tether strap accessory for many older safety seats. you can attach the top tether strap. route the tether strap the child safety seat and hooks to an under the head restraint and between anchoring point called the top tether the head restraint posts. Route the child safety seat tether strap seats include a tether strap over the back of the seat. or both. enUSA. Locate the correct anchor on the back panel of the rear seat for the selected seating position. seat. Pull the panel back to fully expose the anchors. Child Safety Combining Safety Belt and LATCH Perform the following steps to install a Lower Anchors for Attaching Child child safety seat with tether anchors: Safety Seats Note: If you install a child seat with rigid When used in combination. The anchors are labeled with the tether strap symbol and are partially covered by the gap panel. provided a proper your vehicle seat cushion when the child is installation is achieved. Keep the tether strap just snug strap afterward. First Printing . E142537 21 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. seat for information about ordering a tether strap. For the center anchor. over the top of the head restraint. Many forward-facing child safety 1. For outboard which extends from the back of seating positions. the lower anchors of the LATCH system. Attach the tether seated in it. Keeping the child seat just touching your vehicle seat gives the best protection in a Using Tether Straps severe crash. if included with the child without lifting the front of the child seat. either the LATCH attachments. Tether straps are available as an seating positions. The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions (shown from E161562 top view): 2. or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on your safety seat does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in your vehicle. do not tighten the safety belt or the LATCH lower anchors tether strap enough to lift the child seat off may be attached first.

• Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip? Use a belt-positioning booster seat for children who have outgrown or no longer Always use booster seats in conjunction properly fit in a child safety seat (generally with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt. Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer's instructions. If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap. or allow a child to place. and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use. or 80 pounds (36 kilograms).45 meters) tall. enUSA. children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches (1. Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when seated without a booster seat: E161563 3. a height of 4 feet 9 inches (1. Ford also recommends its use.45 meters) tall. E142595 • Can the child sit all the way back BOOSTER SEATS against their vehicle seat back with knees bent comfortably at the edge of WARNING the seat cushion? Never place. Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight. are greater than age four (4) and less than age twelve (12). and between 40 pounds (18 kilograms) and 80 pounds (36 kilograms) and upward to 100 pounds (45 kilograms) if 22 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Child Safety recommended by your child restraint manufacturer). 4. First Printing . Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown. • Can the child sit without slouching? the shoulder belt under a child's arm • Does the lap belt rest low across the or behind the back because it hips? reduces the protection for the upper part • Is the shoulder belt centered on the of the body and may increase the risk of shoulder and chest? injury or death in a crash.

The following drawings compare or consider using a high back booster seat. If a booster seat would be a better choice. shoulder. above the top of the seat. First Printing . Choose a booster that keeps the (as measured at the tops of the ears) lap belt low and snug across the hips. vehicle seating position has a low seat back or no head restraint. E142596 23 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. you cannot find a seating position that adequately If your backless booster seat has a supports your child's head. a backless Children and booster seats vary in size and booster seat may place your child's head shape. a high back removable shield. the ideal fit (center) to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder. never up across the stomach. In this case. Child Safety Types of Booster Seats E70710 E68924 • High back booster seats • Backless booster seats If. with a backless booster seat. and lets you move the backless booster to another adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest seating position with a higher seat back or and rest snugly near the center of the head restraint and lap and shoulder belts. enUSA. The drawings also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child's hips. remove the shield.

or age. move the vehicle seat of injury or death in a crash. enUSA. books. Never place. First Printing . age. restrain the largest child in the front seat. is Check with the booster seat inappropriate for your child's height. to boost a child. When possible. These objects restrained in a rear seating position. The passenger cannot WARNINGS protect the child from injury in a crash. Child Safety E142597 If the booster seat slides on the vehicle WARNINGS seat upon which it is being used. properly of serious injury. Always carefully follow the the shoulder belt under a child's arm instructions and warnings provided or behind the back because it by the manufacturer of any child reduces the protection for the upper part restraint to determine if the restraint device of the body and may increase the risk of is appropriate for your child's size. which may increase the risk properly in a rear seating position. placing a provided for installation and use in rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet conjunction with the instructions and liner under the booster seat may improve warnings provided by your vehicle this condition. or towels child seat in front of an active airbag. upon which the child seat is installed all the way back. manufacturer's instructions. injury or death in a crash. Airbags can kill or injure a child in a which may result in serious injury or death. height. all children Always restrain an unoccupied child age 12 and under should be properly seat or booster seat. They can slide If you must use a forward-facing child seat around and increase the likelihood in the front seat. If all may become projectiles in a crash or children cannot be seated and restrained sudden stop. or allow a child to place. weight. or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death. child seat. Never place a rear-facing Never use pillows. improperly installed or utilized. CHILD RESTRAINT Never let a passenger hold a child on POSITIONING his or her lap while your vehicle is moving. Do not introduce any item manufacturer. Follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions and warnings 24 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. A safety seat that is thicker than this under the booster seat.

25 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America.5 kg) child seat Forward Over 65 lb facing X X (29. do not leave children or pets unattended in your vehicle.5 kg) child seat Note: The child seat must rest tightly against the vehicle seat upon which it is installed. the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside.5 kg) Rear facing Over 65 lb X child seat (29. CHILD SAFETY LOCKS When these locks are set. First Printing . enUSA. It may be necessary to lift or remove the head restraint. Child Safety WARNINGS WARNINGS To avoid risk of injury. See Seats (page 113).5 kg) Forward Up to 65 lb facing X X X (29. Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children Use any attachment method as indicated below by X LATCH LATCH Safety belt Safety belt Safety belt Combined (lower (lower and top and LATCH only Restraint weight of anchors anchors tether (lower Type child and and top only) anchor anchors child seat tether and top anchor) tether anchor) Rear facing Up to 65 lb X X child seat (29.

26 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Child Safety E112197 The childproof locks are located on the rear edge of each rear door and must be set separately for each door. enUSA. First Printing . Left-Hand Side Turn counterclockwise to lock and clockwise to unlock. Right-Hand Side Turn clockwise to lock and counterclockwise to unlock.

When possible. make sure children sit where they can be Front and rear seat occupants. should always properly wear their safety belts. the front outboard seating positions In a rollover crash. system is provided. enUSA. inside or outside of a vehicle. First Printing . even when properly wear their safety belts. even an airbag supplemental restraint system when an airbag supplemental restraint is provided. The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash. 1) Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only. In a crash. buckles before you place a child anywhere near them. Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly • safety belt warning light and chime which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair. they could burn seatback upright and the lap belt a small child. people riding in • shoulder safety belt with automatic these areas are more likely to be seriously locking mode. 3) Never use a single belt for more than one person. Seatbelts PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNINGS Safety belts and seats can become WARNINGS hot in a vehicle that has been closed Always drive and ride with your up in sunny weather. The safety belt system consists of: It is extremely dangerous to ride in a • lap and shoulder safety belts cargo area. All seating positions in this vehicle have lap and shoulder safety belts. an unbelted • belt tension sensor at the front person is significantly more likely to outboard passenger seating position die than a person wearing a safety belt. All All occupants of your vehicle. should wear safety belts for optimum Never let a passenger hold a child on protection in an accident. 2) Never • crash sensors and monitoring system swing the safety belt around your neck over with readiness indicator. (except driver safety injured or killed. 27 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. his or her lap while your vehicle is moving. Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm. the inside shoulder. Be seating positions sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat • retractor and anchor pretensioner at and using a safety belt properly. properly restrained. To reduce the risk of injury. Check seat covers and snug and low across the hips. all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position. occupants of the vehicle should always including the driver. including pregnant women. Do not allow people to ride belt) in any area of your vehicle that is not • height adjuster at the front outboard equipped with seats and safety belts.

together with the front airbags. E142588 FASTENING THE SEATBELTS 2. Seatbelts The safety belt pretensioners are designed to activate in frontal. This helps increase the effectiveness of the safety belts. if the crash is of sufficient severity. In frontal crashes. The safety belt pretensioners on the retractor and anchor at the front seating positions are designed to tighten the safety belts firmly against the occupant's body when activated. To unfasten. near-frontal and side crashes. restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts. Always ride and drive with your seatback upright and the safety belt properly fastened. buckle (the buckle closest to the Using Safety Belts During direction the tongue is coming from) Pregnancy until you hear a snap and feel it latch. Insert the belt tongue into the proper outboard seatbacks. First Printing . Pregnant women should also follow this practice. See the following figure. The lap portion of the safety belt should fit snug and be positioned low across the hips. enUSA. the safety belt pretensioners can be activated alone or. and in rollovers. E142589 When in use. Make sure the tongue is securely WARNING fastened in the buckle. The shoulder portion of the safety belt should be positioned across the chest. the rear safety belts should E142587 be placed in the belt guides on the 1. press the release button and remove the tongue from the The front outboard and rear safety buckle. 28 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America.

If Safety Belt Locking Modes this occurs. which allows free shoulder belt length E142590 adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement. The lap belt portion of a or turns a corner sharply. Pregnant women should always wear their For example. 29 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. or the vehicle combination lap and shoulder belt should receives an impact of about 5 mph be positioned low across the hips below (8 km/h) or more. the safety Automatic Locking Mode belt system at all passenger seating positions must be checked by an In this mode. The automatic locking mode is not addition. The driver safety belt has the first type of locking mode. First Printing . The shoulder belt should be movement of the driver and passengers. let the belt retract slightly and pull webbing out again in a slow and WARNINGS controlled manner. position whenever possible. and the front outboard passenger and rear seat safety belts have both types of locking modes described as follows: Vehicle Sensitive Mode This is the normal retractor mode. positioned to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center of the chest. When to Use the Automatic Locking Belt and retractor assembly must be Mode replaced if the safety belt assembly automatic locking retractor feature This mode should be used any time a child or any other safety belt function is not safety seat. if the driver brakes suddenly safety belt. In belt. the shoulder belt is authorized dealer to verify that the automatically pre-locked. all safety belts should be checked available on the driver safety belt. The belt will still automatic locking retractor feature for retract to remove any slack in the shoulder child seats is still functioning properly. In addition. except a booster. is installed operating properly when checked by an in passenger front or rear seating positions. the combination safety the belly and worn as tight as comfort will belts will lock to help reduce forward allow. See Child Safety (page 15). authorized dealer. enUSA. Seatbelts All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts. Failure to replace the Children 12 years old and under should be belt and retractor assembly could increase properly restrained in a rear seating the risk of injury in crashes. the retractor is designed to lock if the webbing is pulled out too quickly. After any vehicle crash. for proper function.

a safety belt extension assembly on the height adjuster to make sure it is can be obtained from an authorized dealer. Safety Belt Extension Assembly WARNING Do not use extensions to change the E87511 fit of the shoulder belt across the torso. use the safety belt extension only if the safety belt is too short for you when fully extended. First Printing . Grasp the shoulder portion and pull the effectiveness of the seatbelt and downward until the entire belt is pulled increase the risk of injury in a crash. 30 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Buckle the combination lap and so that the belt rests across the shoulder belt. To adjust the shoulder belt height. you will hear a clicking sound. SEATBELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT WARNING E142591 Position the seatbelt height adjusters 1. Also. out. This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode. Seatbelts How to Use the Automatic Locking Use only extensions manufactured by the Mode same supplier as the safety belt. enUSA. As the belt retracts. Allow the belt to retract. How to Disengage the Automatic Locking Mode Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and activate the vehicle sensitive (emergency) locking mode. locked in place. middle of your shoulder. squeeze the button and slide the height adjuster up If the safety belt is too short when fully or down. Manufacturer identification is on a label located either at the end of the webbing or on the retractor behind the trim. Release the button and pull down extended. Failure to adjust the seatbelt correctly could reduce 2.

4-8 seconds.. enUSA. the other passenger can still cause the Belt-Minder feature to turn on.. (warnings for about five minutes) for one passenger (driver or front passenger).. 31 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Then. chime remain off.. tion. only the front reminders that intermittently sound a tone seat passengers receive warnings as and illuminate the safety belt warning light determined by the front passenger sensing when you are in the driver seat or you have system.. warning chime is sounding.. The driver's safety belt is buckled while the The safety belt warning light and warning indicator light is illuminated and the chime turn off.. Seatbelts SEATBELT WARNING LAMP This lamp illuminates and an audible warning will sound if the AND INDICATOR CHIME driver's safety belt has not been fastened when the vehicle's ignition is turned on. a front seat passenger and a safety belt is If the Belt-Minder warnings expire unbuckled.. First Printing .. The system uses information from the front passenger sensing system to SEATBELT REMINDER determine if a front seat passenger is present and therefore potentially in need Belt-Minder™ of a warning. The driver's safety belt is buckled before The safety belt warning light and indicator the ignition switch is turned to the on posi. Conditions of operation If.. To avoid activating the This feature supplements the safety belt Belt-Minder feature for objects you place warning function by providing additional in the front passenger seat. The driver's safety belt is not buckled The safety belt warning light illuminates 1- before the ignition switch is turned to the 2 minutes and the warning chime sounds on position.

WARNING • The transmission is in park (P). You and the front seat passenger buckle The Belt-Minder feature will not activate. or until you and the front seat passenger buckle your safety belts.. the safety belt warning light turns on. 3. Read Steps 1 . For the seating position being disabled.7 km/h) and more than 1-2 minutes 25 seconds.. First Printing .4 thoroughly before buckle then unbuckle the safety belt proceeding with the programming three times at a moderate speed. You or the front seat passenger do not The Belt-Minder feature activates. use the vehicle. Before following the procedure. deactivate it. your safety belts before you switch the ignition on or less than 1-2 minutes elapse after you switch the ignition on. 2. procedure. After Step 3. 32 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America... or until you and the front seat passenger buckle your safety belts. the passenger is unbuckled for about 1 minute safety belt warning light illuminates and a while the vehicle is traveling at least 6 mph warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every (9. While the system allows you to • The ignition is off. safely belted and surviving an accident. this system is designed • The driver and front passenger safety to improve your chances of being belts are unbuckled.. The safety belt for the driver or front The Belt-Minder feature activates.. ending in the unbuckled state. Switch the ignition on. do not buckle the other the procedure within 60 seconds. Do not start the activated for yourself and others who may vehicle. enUSA. repeating for about 5 minutes elapse after you switch the ignition on. before proceeding with Step 3...7 km/h) and 1-2 warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every minutes elapse after you switch the ignition 25 seconds. After Note: The driver and front passenger Step 2. the buckle your safety belts before your vehicle safety belt warning light illuminates and a reaches at least 6 mph (9. Seatbelts If. Then. We recommend you leave the system 1.. wait an additional five seconds warnings switch on and off independently. you must complete seating position.. make sure Deactivating and Activating the that: Belt-Minder Feature • The parking brake is set. Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off (about one minute). position as this will terminate the process. repeating for about 5 minutes on. Once When you perform this procedure for one you start Step 3.

should be inspected after a crash. front safety belt buckle assemblies. However. enUSA. While the safety belt warning light is on. child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors. buckle support assemblies (slide bar-if equipped). 33 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. • This will switch the feature off for that seating position if it is currently on. CHILD RESTRAINT AND SEATBELT MAINTENANCE Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged. and attaching hardware. Properly care for safety belts. See Vehicle Care (page 241). All vehicle safety belt assemblies. tears or cuts. shoulder belt guide on seat back (if equipped). Safety belt assemblies not in use during a crash should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted. the safety belt warning light flashes for confirmation. shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped). First Printing . if the crash was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly. including retractors. Replace if necessary. Seatbelts 4. Inspect the vehicle and child seat safety belts to make sure there are no nicks. Ford Motor Company recommends that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a crash be replaced. Read the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restraint. buckle and then unbuckle the safety belt. • This will switch the feature on for that seating position if it is currently off. After Step 4. buckles. they do not need to be replaced.

crash sensors. 34 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. First Printing . front passenger sensing system and indicator lights. A collection of crash and appropriate safety devices to help better occupant sensors provides information to protect a range of occupants in a variety the restraints control module. • Front crash severity sensors. During a of frontal crash situations. • Passenger airbag off and on indicator lamp. supplemental restraints. crash. • Front seat outboard safety belts with pretensioners. driver seat position sensor. • Restraints control module with impact and safing sensors. enUSA. safety belt pretensioners. The system is able deployment strategy of the safety devices to analyze different occupant conditions according to crash severity and occupant and crash severity before activating the conditions. • Driver seat position sensor. • Restraint system warning light and backup tone. the restraints control module may deploy the safety belt pretensioners. one The Vehicle Personal Safety System or both stages of the dual-stage airbags consists of: based on crash severity and occupant • Driver and passenger dual-stage airbag conditions. • The electrical wiring for the airbags. Personal Safety System™ The Personal Safety System provides an How Does the Personal Safety improved overall level of frontal crash System Work? protection to front seat occupants and is designed to help further reduce the risk of The Personal Safety System can adapt the airbag-related injuries. front safety belt usage sensors. • Front passenger sensing system. energy management retractors and safety belt usage sensors.

your safety belt could seriously increase it is normal to notice a smoke-like. sodium hydroxide may be present which Never place your arm over the airbag may irritate the skin and eyes. This may consist of cornstarch. the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash. your authorized dealer as soon as possible. powdery the risk of injury or death. Failure to follow this could that inflates the airbag. 35 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Thus. Supplementary Restraints System PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The airbags are a supplemental restraint system and are designed to work with the WARNINGS safety belts to help protect the driver and right front passenger from certain upper Airbags do not inflate slowly or body injuries. First Printing . and the risk of injury from a there is a risk of injury from a deploying deploying airbag is the greatest close airbag. Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a All occupants of your vehicle. to the trim covering the airbag module. residue or smell the burnt propellant. a possibility as a result of the noise If you must use a forward-facing child seat associated with a deploying airbag. even when an airbag supplemental restraint The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly system is provided. Never place a rear-facing or swelling. Routine maintenance of the airbags is not If the airbag has deployed. Small amounts of seriously increase the risk of injury or death. Do not touch away from the airbag module as possible them after inflation as this may result while maintaining vehicle control. cloud of harmless powdery residue if an including the driver. will not function again and must be replaced immediately. there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures. reduce serious injuries. Contact position at the time of airbag deployment. in serious injury. but none of module as a deploying airbag can the residue is toxic. Failure to properly wear upon activation. enUSA. gently. Temporary hearing loss is also child seat in front of an active airbag. contact with a Airbags can kill or injure a child in a deploying airbag may also cause abrasions child seat. in the front seat. This is normal. result in serious arm fractures or While the system is designed to help other injuries. properly wear their safety belts. should always airbag deploys. Airbags do not inflate slowly. After airbag deployment. Do not attempt to service. baking soda) always properly use appropriate that result from the combustion process child restraints. repair. with considerable force. it is extremely important that Several airbag system components occupants be properly restrained as far get hot after inflation. If the airbag is not replaced. the airbag required. modify the airbag supplemental particularly to occupants who are not restraint systems or its fuses as you properly restrained or are otherwise out of could be seriously injured or killed. or facial and eye injuries or internal injuries. move the seat upon which Because airbags must inflate rapidly and the child seat is installed all the way back. talcum powder Always transport children 12 years (to lubricate the bag) or sodium old and under in the back seat and compounds (for example.

After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts. Objects placed on or over the driver airbag module. leaning against the seat back. The driver and front passenger airbags will deploy during significant frontal and near Children and Airbags frontal crashes. WARNING The driver and passenger front airbag Airbags can kill or injure a child in a system consists of: child seat. First Printing . move the seat upon which · Crash sensors and monitoring the child seat is installed all the way back. airbag inflation area may cause those objects to be propelled by the airbag into your face and torso causing serious injury. leans forward or sideways. turns sideways. system with readiness indicator. can while still reaching the pedals If you must use a forward-facing child seat comfortably. See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 42). Placing your recommends a minimum distance arm over a deploying airbag can of at least 10 inches (25 centimeters) result in serious arm fractures or other between an occupant’s chest and the injuries. For example. • Front passenger sensing system. Supplementary Restraints System DRIVER AND PASSENGER Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating Adjustment AIRBAGS WARNING WARNINGS National Highway Traffic Safety Never place your arm or any objects Administration (NHTSA) over an airbag module. with their feet comfortably extended on the floor. and centered on the seat cushion. 36 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. lies down. To properly position yourself away from the airbag: Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. enUSA. sits forward. Never place a rear-facing • Move your seat to the rear as far as you child seat in front of an active airbag. Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event. the chance of injury during a crash is greatly E151127 increased. it is very important that they continue to sit properly. If you must use a forward-facing child seat in the front seat. A properly seated occupant sits upright. child seat in front of an active airbag. if an occupant slouches. degrees) from the upright position. or puts one or both feet up. move the seat upon which • Recline the seat slightly (one or two the child seat is installed all the way back. in the front seat. Never place a rear-facing • Driver and passenger airbag modules.

front passenger seat may affect the performance of the front passenger sensing system which could seriously increase the risk of injury or death. resulting in parents are strongly encouraged to serious injury or death in a crash. enUSA. passenger sensing system. Supplementary Restraints System This system works with sensors that are part of the front passenger seat and safety belt to detect the presence of a properly–seated occupant and determine if the front passenger frontal airbag should be enabled (may inflate) or not. Even with this technology. E142846 Children must always be properly restrained. children 12 and under for a short period of time to confirm it is should be properly restrained in a functional. always properly restrain children in the rear Always sit upright against your seat. with your feet on the floor. a forward-facing can take off weight from the seat child restraint. rear seating position. The sensor also turns off the seatback. Even with Advanced Restraints the passenger airbag off light will illuminate Systems. 37 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. First Printing . The indicator lamp is located in the center stack of the instrument panel. WARNINGS Note: When the ignition is first turned on. or a booster seat is cushion and affect the decision of the front detected. Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position. Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or The front passenger sensing system is death. or a with the seatback reclined too far rear facing infant seat. passenger front airbag and seat-mounted side airbag when the passenger seat is Any alteration or modification to the empty. designed to disable (will not inflate) the front passenger frontal airbag when the Sitting improperly out of position or front passenger seat is unoccupied. The front passenger sensing system uses a passenger airbag off indicator which will FRONT PASSENGER SENSING illuminate and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is SYSTEM disabled. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of E183107 injury in a crash.

to place the seatback in the full upright • If the child restraint has been installed position. but the passenger airbag front passenger frontal airbag. A properly seated occupant sits upright. Supplementary Restraints System • When the front passenger sensing If a person of adult size is sitting in the front system disables (will not inflate) the passenger seat. indicator lamp is illuminated. or puts one or both feet up. then turn centered on the seat cushion. sits forward. First Printing . the passenger Sitting improperly can increase the chance side airbag (seat mounted) may be disabled of injury in a crash event. the After all occupants have adjusted their chance of injury during a crash is greatly seats and put on safety belts. if to avoid the risk of airbag deployment an occupant slouches. remain in this position for about two minutes. enUSA. leans forward or sideways. with their 38 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Occupant Passenger airbag status Passenger airbag indicator Empty Unlit Disabled Child Lit Disabled Adult Unlit Enabled Note: When the passenger airbag status feet comfortably extended on the floor. passenger frontal airbag anytime the • If the passenger airbag status indicator system senses that a person of adult size lamp remains lit even after this. important that they continue to sit properly. leaning against the seatback. • When the front passenger sensing system enables the front passenger frontal airbag (may inflate). the status indicator lamp is lit. This will allow the system to The front passenger sensing system is detect that person and enable the designed to enable (may inflate) the front passenger’s frontal airbag. turns injuries. rear seat. restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the restraint following the child • Restart the vehicle and have the person restraint manufacturer’s instructions. with the the vehicle off. it is very increased. indicator does not illuminate. lies down. and centered on the seat cushion. the passenger airbag status indicator will not illuminate. If this happens: that the front passenger frontal airbag • Turn the vehicle off and ask the person is disabled. the is sitting properly in the front passenger person should be advised to ride in the seat. and the passenger airbag status • Have the person sit upright in the seat. remove the child person's legs comfortably extended. it is possible passenger airbag status indicator will that the person is not sitting properly in the illuminate and stay lit to remind you seat. sideways. For example.

contact your or pushing on the seat. or • Turn the vehicle off. • If the airbag readiness lamp remains • Objects hanging off the seatback. Do not attempt to repair or service the system. the center console. soon as possible. The person in the front passenger seat may appear heavier or WARNINGS lighter due to the conditions described in Do not place objects or mount the list above. enUSA. illuminated. authorized dealer. airbag off indicator lamp is incorrect. this may or may not be a • Objects stowed in the seatback map problem due to the front passenger pocket. See Crash Sensors deploying airbag. do the following: Do not use accessory seat covers. or cargo is The side airbag could injure you as it interfering with the seat. interfering with the seat. 39 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Take your vehicle immediately to • Cargo interference with the seat an authorized dealer. or in front seat areas sensing system is operating that may come into contact with a properly. sensing system. for the following: • Wait at least two minutes and verify • Objects lodged underneath the seat. check • Restart the vehicle. • Other passengers pushing or pulling on the seat. take the following deploys from the side of the steps to remove the obstruction: seatback. repair. that the airbag readiness lamp is no • Objects between the seat cushion and longer illuminated. Do not lean your head on the door. Contact your authorized dealer as or cargo interfering with the seat. If there are lodged objects. on the side of the seatbacks Make sure the front passenger (of the front seats). Do not attempt to service. If the airbag readiness lamp is lit. First Printing . Supplementary Restraints System If you think that the status of the passenger • Remove the obstruction(s) (if found). its fuses or the • Driver or adult passengers should seat cover on a seat containing an check for any objects lodged airbag as you could be seriously injured or underneath the front passenger seat killed. If it is necessary to modify an advanced front airbag system to accommodate a • Rear passenger feet and knees resting person with disabilities. equipment on or near the airbag cover. instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash. Failure to follow these and Airbag Indicator (page 42). The use of accessory seat covers The driver or adult passengers should may prevent the deployment of the check for objects that lodged underneath side airbags and increase the risk of injury the front passenger seat. • Pull the vehicle over. or cargo in an accident. modify the airbag. • Objects placed on the occupant's lap. The conditions listed above may cause the weight of a properly seated occupant to be incorrectly interpreted by the passenger SIDE AIRBAGS sensing system.

by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical The side airbags are located on the Working Group. the restraints control module may activate the driver's knee airbag based on crash severity and occupant conditions. Failure to follow these instructions may • Crash sensors and monitoring system increase the risk of personal injury in the with readiness indicator. will be inflated. the injuries related to the deployment of side airbag on the side affected by the crash airbags. Under certain crash and occupant conditions. Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into contact with a deploying curtain airbag. If the airbag is not airbag system included recommended replaced. Make sure the knee airbag is E152533 operating properly. WARNINGS • Front passenger sensing system. First Printing . See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator The system consists of the following: (page 42). SAFETY CANOPY™ • Side airbags located inside the driver and front passenger seatbacks. These recommended outboard side of the seatbacks of the front testing procedures help reduce the risk of seats. Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 42). the driver’s knee airbag may deploy but the driver’s front airbag may not activate. During a crash. See Crash event of a crash. The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact crashes. In certain sideways crashes. The side airbag if it detects an empty passenger side airbag system (including the seat. seat) must be inspected and serviced by The design and development of the side an authorized dealer. the deactivate the passenger seat-mounted airbag will not function again. • A label or embossed side panel indicating that side airbags are fitted to your vehicle. As with front and side airbags. 40 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Supplementary Restraints System WARNINGS Note: The passenger sensing system will If the side airbag has deployed. A driver's knee airbag is located under the instrument panel. it is important to be properly seated and restrained to reduce the risk of death or serious injury. the unrepaired area will increase testing procedures that were developed the risk of injury in a crash. enUSA.

These recommended testing to inflate between the side window area procedures help reduce the risk of injuries and occupants to further enhance related to the deployment of side airbags protection provided in side impact crashes (including the Safety Canopy). The Safety Canopy window opening. deployment If the curtain airbags have deployed. Supplementary Restraints System WARNINGS Do not lean your head on the door. behind the headliner. is mounted to the roof side-rail sheet The design and development of the Safety metal. the A. The Safety Canopy will not interfere with children restrained using a properly The Safety Canopy will deploy during installed child or booster seat because it significant side crashes or when a certain is designed to inflate downward from the likelihood of a rollover event is detected headliner above the doors along the side by the rollover sensor. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. or the headliner on a vehicle containing curtain airbags as you could be seriously injured or killed. Do not attempt to service. B. See Crash Sensors the A. label or wording on the headliner or To reduce risk of injury. do not roof-pillar trim. regardless of which seats are as the Side Airbag Technical Working occupied. the Safety Canopy will group of automotive safety experts known be activated. If the curtain airbag is Children 12 years old and under should not replaced. First Printing . · Crash sensors and monitoring the curtain airbags will not function system with a readiness again. obstruct or place objects in the • A flexible headliner which opens above deployment path of the curtain the side doors to allow air curtain airbag. The curtain airbag could injure you as it deploys from the headliner. In certain sideways crashes procedures that were developed by a or rollover events. B and C pillar trim and headliner) and Airbag Indicator (page 42). All occupants of your vehicle E75004 including the driver should always wear their safety belts even when an The system consists of the following: airbag supplemental restraint system and • Safety canopy curtain airbags located curtain airbag is provided. repair. seats. its fuses. enUSA. and rollover events. above each Canopy included recommended testing row of seats. the unrepaired area will always be properly restrained in the rear increase the risk of injury in a crash. The Safety Canopy is designed Group. must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer. or modify the curtain airbags. or C pillar trim. 41 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. The curtain airbags (including indicator. Failure to above the trim panels over the front properly wear your safety belt could and rear side windows identified by a seriously increase the risk of injury or death.

the Rather. Displays (page 93). even Your vehicle has a collection of crash and intermittently. the front end of your vehicle • The readiness light will either flash or (including frame. If this warning seat occupants in a crash does not mean indicator light is not functioning and there that something is wrong with the system. near-frontal. A warning indicator light in the The fact that the safety belt pretensioners instrument cluster indicates the readiness or airbags did not activate for both front of the safety system. If any of these things happen. knee airbag(s). airbag. 42 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. is another fault within the system. passenger airbag. The the performance of the airbag system. • The safety belt pretensioners are designed to activate in frontal. crashes (not rollovers. body structure and tow hooks) may affect • A series of five beeps will be heard. Routine maintenance of the activate only in frontal and near-frontal airbag is not required. crash severity. Based on the type of accident airbag supplemental restraint system is (frontal impact. Do not modify until the problem. Unless serviced. First Printing . tone pattern will repeat periodically increasing the risk of injury. See Information conditions (for example. repair the problem. You will hear five belt usage) were not appropriate to tones that repeat periodically until you activate these safety devices. enUSA. sufficient to cause the restraints control module to deploy a safety device or when The restraints control module also a certain likelihood of a rollover event is monitors the readiness of the above safety detected by the rollover sensor. it means the restraints control message cluster may display an airbag module determined the accident failure warning. driver event of a crash. have the supplemental occupant sensors which provide restraint system serviced at an authorized information to the restraints control dealer immediately. and the Safety The safety belt pretensioners and the Canopy. repaired. bumper. side impact or rollover) designed to activate when your vehicle the restraints control module will deploy sustains frontal or sideways deceleration the appropriate safety devices. devices plus the crash and occupant sensors. side and rollover crashes. the light or both are the front end of your vehicle. the module which deploys (activates) the system may not function properly in the front safety belt pretensioners. side impacts or A difficulty with the system is indicated by rear impacts) unless the crash causes one or more of the following: sufficient frontal deceleration. the warning indicator • The design of the front airbags is to light or both. Supplementary Restraints System CRASH SENSORS AND AIRBAG INDICATOR • The readiness light will not illuminate WARNING immediately after the ignition is turned Modifying or adding equipment to on. front end stay lit. seat mounted side airbags.

Side airbags may activate in other types of crashes if the vehicle experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation. • The design of the Safety Canopy is to inflate in certain side impact crashes and when a certain likelihood of rollover is detected by the rollover sensor. or a certain likelihood of rollover. Supplementary Restraints System • The design of the side airbags is to inflate in certain side crashes. 43 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Airbags must be disposed of by qualified personnel. enUSA. The Safety Canopy may activate in other types of crashes if the vehicle experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation. First Printing . • The knee airbag(s) may deploy based on crash severity and occupant conditions. AIRBAG DISPOSAL Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.

you will not be able to use your remote control. If excessive radio frequency interference The term IC before the radio certification is present in the area or if the transmitter number only signifies that Industry Canada battery is low. (If Equipped) • Structures around the vehicle. If the E142585 frequencies are jammed. undesired operation. Control (page 44). You can The typical operating range for your use the mechanical key blade in your transmitter is approximately 33 ft (10 m). wireless remote controls. • Other vehicles parked next to your vehicle. See Remote have a greater range. battery chargers and alarm systems. cell phones. First Printing . The transmitter portion Note: Make sure to lock your vehicle before functions as the remote control. 44 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Integrated Keyhead Transmitters • Nearby radio towers. enUSA. mechanically unlock your door. You can Use the key blade to start your vehicle and lock and unlock the doors with the key. • You press the luggage compartment Note: Changes or modifications not button. The system uses a radio frequency signal Operation is subject to the following two to communicate with your vehicle and conditions: (1) This device may not cause authorize your vehicle to unlock when one harmful interference. The radio frequency used by your remote control can also be used by other radio transmitters. expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the • You press a button on the transmitter. you may need to technical specifications were met. and (2) This device of the following conditions are met: must accept any interference received. One of the following could cause a decrease in operating range: REMOTE CONTROL • Weather conditions. Keys and Remote Controls GENERAL INFORMATION ON Note: If you are in range. medical equipment. leaving it unattended. This device complies with Part 15 of the Intelligent Access (If Equipped) FCC Rules and with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). the remote control will operate if you press any button RADIO FREQUENCIES unintentionally. for example amateur radios. user's authority to operate the equipment. intelligent access key to open the driver Vehicles with the remote start feature will door in this situation. unlock or lock the driver door from outside your vehicle. • You activate the front exterior door including interference that may cause handle switch. wireless headphones.

enUSA. Type 1 E138615 Note: Your vehicle’s keys came with a 2 security label that provides important vehicle key cut information. Remove the key blade. Mechanical Key Blade The intelligent access key also contains a removable mechanical key blade that you can use to unlock the driver door. E138616 45 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Press and hold the push buttons on the E162192 edges of the transmitter to release the cover. Keys and Remote Controls Your intelligent access keys operate the power locks and the remote start system. Type 2 2. First Printing . The key must be in your vehicle to activate the push-button start system. Intelligent Access Key (If Equipped) Type 1 1 E87964 1 To release the mechanical key blade: 1. Keep the label in a safe place for future reference. Carefully remove the cover.

Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board. the correct orientation of the battery. Snap the battery cover back onto the disposing of transmitter batteries. Insert the new battery. Keep the tag in instructions inside the transmitter for a safe place for future reference. Twist a thin coin in the slot of the transmitter to release the key blade. 2. First Printing . 46 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. transmitter. Remove the old battery. Keys and Remote Controls Type 2 Integrated Keyhead Transmitter E142431 E138619 Slide the release on the back of the 1. Note: Replacing the battery does not delete the transmitter from the vehicle. Replacing the Battery Press the battery down to make sure it is fully in the housing. E138618 Note: Your vehicle’s back-up keys came E138620 with a security tag that provides important 3. Refer to the vehicle key cut information. then transmitter near the key ring to remove pull the blade out. the battery cover. The transmitter should operate normally. enUSA. The remote control uses one coin-type three-volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent. Note: Refer to local regulations when 4.

1. Twist the screwdriver in the position downward. 47 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. First Printing . Remove the key blade. 3 E125860 Note: Do not touch the battery contacts or the printed circuit board with the screwdriver. Carefully remove the battery with the E105362 screwdriver. Install the key blade. 5. Assemble the two halves of the remote control. 6. 8. 2. Carefully remove the cover. Twist the screwdriver in the position shown to separate the two halves of E87964 1 the remote control. Press and hold the buttons on the 5 edges to release the cover. shown to start separating the two halves of the remote control. Keys and Remote Controls Intelligent Access Key (Type 1) 2 1 4 E119190 4. Install a new battery with the + facing 3. 7. enUSA.

The remote start button is on the transmitter. Do not use the E138624 switch the ignition on to backup key to remove the cover or you deactivate it. Insert a new battery with the + facing transmitter has an extended operating downward. Twist a thin coin under the tab hidden Press the button to activate the behind the backup key head to remove alarm. The 4. do not use remote start if your vehicle is parked indoors or areas that are not well ventilated. Sounding a Panic Alarm (If Equipped) Note: The panic alarm only operates when E142432 the ignition is off. could damage the intelligent access key. the horn does sound twice and the lamp does not flash. 5. Snap the battery cover back onto the Vehicles with automatic climate control transmitter and install the backup key. rather than using the panic alarm. or if the hood is open on vehicles with a perimeter alarm or remote start. Remove the old battery. Note: If locking was not successful or if any door or the liftgate is open. We recommend you use this method to locate your vehicle. within three seconds. Press the battery down to range. Keys and Remote Controls Intelligent Access Key (Type 2) Car Finder 1. This feature allows you to start your vehicle from outside the vehicle. can be configured to operate when the vehicle is remote started. Remove the backup key from the Press the lock button on the key twice transmitter. 2. make sure it is fully in the housing. E138622 E138625 3. See Automatic Climate Control (page 108). The horn sounds and the turn signals flash. Remote Start (If Equipped) WARNING To avoid exhaust fumes. enUSA. Note: Do not use remote start if your vehicle is low on fuel. Press the button again or the battery cover. First Printing . 48 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America.

vehicle than when starting due to ground reflection and the added noise of the running vehicle. on automatically. Press the remote start button twice. Keys and Remote Controls Many states and provinces have The horn sounds if the system fails to start. The remote start system does not work if any of the following occur: Note: If you remote start your vehicle with • The ignition is on. If you do not follow this sequence. • The vehicle battery voltage is too low. parking lamps turns off. an integrated keyhead transmitter. You may have to be closer to the The exterior lamps flash twice. For example. the duration extends by another 10 minutes. enUSA. First Printing . See General Information (page 93). press the START/STOP button on the instrument panel once while applying the • The transmission is not in P. Remote Starting the Vehicle The parking lamps remain on and the vehicle runs for 5. You can extend the remote start up to a maximum of 30 minutes. the vehicle continues to run now for a total of 20 minutes. Quiet start runs the Check your local and state or provincial blower fan at a slower speed to reduce laws for specific requirements regarding noise. you must switch the ignition on before driving your • The alarm system triggers. Turning the Vehicle Off After Remote Starting To remote start your vehicle: 1. the exterior lamps do not flash twice. E138625 2. information display. Press the lock button to lock all the Press the button once. The power windows do not work during • The powertrain fault indicator was on remote start and the radio does not turn the last time your vehicle was driven. and the horn does not sound. If you remote start your vehicle with • You disable the feature. 10. vehicle. you must • The hood is open. The doors. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 with the vehicle still running to extend the run time for another remote start duration. three seconds of each other. or 15 minutes. 49 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. You can switch it on or off in the remote start systems. an intelligent access transmitter. E138626 Wait at least five seconds before remote starting after a vehicle shutdown. unless quiet start is on. The label on your transmitter details the starting procedure. your vehicle does not Extending the Vehicle Run Time remote start. if the vehicle had been running from the first remote start for five minutes. If the duration is set to last 10 minutes. Note: You must press each button within depending on the setting. restrictions for the use of remote start. brake pedal before driving your vehicle.

See General Information (page 93). REPLACING A LOST KEY OR REMOTE CONTROL Replacement keys or remote controls can be purchased from an authorized dealer. See Passive Anti-Theft System (page 65). Authorized dealers can program remote controls for your vehicle. enUSA. Keys and Remote Controls You can disable or enable the remote start system through the information display. 50 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. First Printing .

The following settings cannot be changed Failure to do so could result in accident or by an admin key user: injury. Note: For vehicles with push-button start. You can also the information display: change the settings afterward with an admin key. First Printing . enUSA. activates earlier. if equipped on admin keys. considering posted speed limits and prevailing road conditions. You cannot disable this feature. followed by an audible tone when your vehicle reaches the set speed. • The total distance your vehicle has Warnings will be shown in the display traveled using a MyKey. You cannot program them depressing the accelerator pedal or by individually. 51 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. The driver is Non-configurable Settings always responsible to drive in accordance with local laws and prevailing conditions. The low-fuel warning activated with these restricted modes. MyKey™ PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION • Seat belt reminder or Belt Minder. • How many admin keys and MyKeys are programmed to your vehicle. Configurable Settings • Program configurable MyKey settings. setting cruise control. you create a MyKey and before you recycle the can access the following information using key or restart the vehicle. giving the MyKey user Any keys that have not been programmed more time to refuel. These can be used to: your vehicle. All but one of the keys fastened. are referred to as administrator keys or • Driver assist features. • A vehicle speed limit can be set. • Create a MyKey. The audio MyKey allows you to program keys with system will mute when the front seat restricted driving modes to promote good passengers' safety belts are not driving habits. With an admin key. the admin remote Do not set MyKey maximum speed transmitter will be recognized by the vehicle limit to a limit that will prevent the while switching the ignition on to start the driver from maintaining a safe speed vehicle. You Note: All MyKeys are programmed to the cannot override the set speed by fully same settings. certain MyKey settings when you first When you have programmed a MyKey. WARNING when both a MyKey and an admin remote transmitter are present. are forced on: parking aid. programmed to the vehicle can be • Early low fuel. you can configure • Clear all MyKey features.

Switch the ignition on using an admin off Advance Trac or traction control (if key or fob. MyKey: 4. When this is selected. Starting and Stopping the Engine (page 129). If your vehicle is equipped with settings at any time during the same key a push-button start. See or the > button. Switch the ignition on. and select settings using the information display Settings and then MyKey by pressing OK control on the steering wheel. however. Refer to • Audio system maximum volume of Programming/Changing Configurable 45%. Insert the key you want to program into Note: You can clear or change your MyKey the ignition. See your MyKey settings. hold the intelligent cycle as you created the MyKey. 4. Press OK or > to make a selection. or remote control. 3. information display controls. 3. Use the information display to access your configurable MyKey settings: • Always on setting. Once you access key next to the steering column. you will not be able to turn 1. When prompted. followed by an the admin keys. Information Displays (page 93). Access the main menu on the feature). enUSA. audible tone when the preselected You can also program configurable vehicle speed is exceeded. Press OK or the > button to select Switch the ignition on using an admin key Create MyKey. and select Settings. 1. Also. 52 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. A message will be shown in the Settings. your vehicle is equipped with this 2. hold the OK button until you see a message informing you to label this key as a MyKey. you Details on the correct fob placement and will need an admin key to change or clear position is in another chapter. the Programming/Changing speed-sensitive or compensated Configurable Settings automatic volume control will be disabled. settings for the key(s). CLEARING ALL MYKEYS 2. 5. The key will be restricted at your vehicle's next start. Make sure set. Once you select a speed. First Printing . then MyKey by pressing OK CREATING A MYKEY or the > button. display when you attempt to exceed the limited volume. Use the arrow buttons to get to a Use the information display to create a configurable feature. Access the main menu on the You can clear or change your MyKey information display controls. it will be you label it so you can distinguish it from shown in the display. have switched the engine off. MyKey™ • Various vehicle speed minders can be MyKey is successfully created.

you remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys to their original admin key status. 53 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. press the left arrow button to access the main menu and scroll to: Message Action and Description Settings Press the OK button. enUSA. Clear MyKey Press and hold the OK button until the following message displays. First Printing . MyKey Press the OK button. MyKey™ To clear all MyKeys of all MyKey settings. All MyKeys Cleared Note: When you clear your MyKeys.

Number of Admin Keys MyKey Distance Indicates how many admin keys are Tracks the distance when drivers use a programmed to your vehicle. enUSA. MyKey™ CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM Number of MyKeys STATUS Indicates the number of MyKeys programmed to your vehicle. MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING Condition Potential Causes I cannot create a MyKey. The only way to delete the feature to determine how many admin accumulated distance is by using an admin keys you have for your vehicle. then the programmed. First Printing . see an authorized dealer for a Ford-approved remote start system. intended user is not using the MyKey. USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE START SYSTEMS MyKey is not compatible with non Ford-approved. Displays (page 93). 54 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. or an admin key user recently cleared and then recreated a MyKey. Use this You can find information about your feature to detect how many MyKeys you programmed MyKeys by using the have for your vehicle and determine when information display. and detect key to clear all MyKeys. See Information all MyKeys have been deleted. • The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle does not have admin privileges. Use this MyKey. If the distance does if an additional MyKey has been not accumulate as expected. aftermarket remote start systems. • The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle is the only admin key (there always has to be at least one admin key). If you choose to install a remote start system.

I lost a key. • The key or transmitter used to start your vehicle does not have admin privileges. I cannot clear the MyKeys. Program a spare key. See Starting a Gasoline Engine (page 130). • No MyKeys are created. • No MyKeys are created. No MyKey functions with the keyless • An admin transmitter is present at vehicle entry transmitter. 55 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. See Creating a MyKey (page 52). Purchase a new key from an authorized dealer. MyKey™ Condition Potential Causes • Vehicles with keyless start: The keyless start transmitter is not placed in the backup position. I lost the only admin key. start. vehicle does not have admin privileges. See Creating a MyKey (page 52). • No MyKeys are created. • An admin key holder cleared the MyKeys and created new MyKeys. First Printing . enUSA. • The MyKey user is not using the MyKey. MyKey distances do not accumulate. • SecuriLock passive anti-theft system is disabled or in unlimited mode. I cannot program the configurable • The key or transmitter used to start your settings. • The key system has been reset. See Passive Anti-Theft System (page 65). See Creating a MyKey (page 52).

or if the hood is Press the button to unlock the open on vehicles with a perimeter alarm or driver door. Locking the Doors B Type 1 Press the button to lock all the E162487 doors. the horn will sound and the turn signals will flash if Unlocking the Doors (Two-Stage all the doors and the luggage Unlock) compartment are closed. The turn signals will Power Door Locks flash twice to indicate a change to the unlocking mode. enUSA. seconds to unlock all doors. Intelligent access at the driver door will unlock all doors when you disable A two-stage unlocking. The turn signals will illuminate. the horn will sound twice and the lamps will not flash. Locks LOCKING AND UNLOCKING Press and hold both the lock and unlock buttons on the remote control for four You can use the power door lock control seconds to disable or enable two-stage or the remote control to lock and unlock unlocking. First Printing . The doors will lock again. An LED on the instrument panel will light when you lock the doors. The turn signals will flash. The turn signals will E138623 illuminate. Make sure all persons are clear of the E138629 liftgate area before using the liftgate Press the button again within three control. It is not a Press the button again within three functional control. A Unlock B Lock Type 2 Press the button to lock all the Door Lock Indicator doors. intelligent access. Note: If locking was not successful or any Type 1 door or the liftgate is open. 56 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. The unlocking mode The power door lock control is on the driver applies to the remote control and and front passenger door panels. seconds to confirm that all the doors are Remote Control closed. Disabling two-stage unlocking your vehicle. remote start. Type 2 Liftgate Press the button to unlock the WARNINGS driver door. allows all vehicle doors to unlock with one press of the button.

If you must drive with the liftgate open. The first pull unlocks the door and the second pull Locking the Doors Individually will unlatch the door. Turn clockwise to lock. If the power locks fail to operate. The unlock sensor is on the back of the handle. Note: Be careful when opening or closing the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed area to avoid damaging the liftgate. Mechanical Key Right-Hand Side Turn the top of the key toward the front of Turn counterclockwise to lock. keep the vents or windows open so outside air comes into your vehicle. lock the doors individually using the key in the Activating Intelligent Access (If position shown. 57 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. This will also prevent passengers and cargo from falling out. Press twice within three seconds to: E138630 • unlatch a manual liftgate E112203 • open. to unlock and open a rear door. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury. Equipped) The intelligent access key must be within 3 feet (1 meter) of your vehicle. close or stop the movement of a power liftgate. Turn the top of the key toward the rear of Opening a Rear Door from Inside your vehicle once to unlock the driver door Pull the interior door release handle twice only. your vehicle once to lock all doors. Locks WARNINGS Make sure to close and latch the liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust fumes into your vehicle. enUSA. Make sure not to touch the lock sensor area on the front of the handle. First Printing . At the Front Doors Pull a front exterior door handle to unlock and open the door. See Power Liftgate Left-Hand Side (page 61).

compartment or rear cargo area. 58 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Access Keys (If Equipped) After locking the doors with the lock This feature helps to prevent you from sensor. make sure you only touch the lock sensor Smart Unlocks For Intelligent and not other areas of the door handle. Note: Keep the door handle surface clean When you lock your vehicle using the to avoid issues with operation. To whether the key is in the ignition or not. Locks Smart Unlocks For Integrated Keyhead Transmitter This feature helps to prevent you from locking yourself out of your vehicle if your key is still in the ignition. regardless of about a second to lock your vehicle. You can still lock your vehicle with the key in the ignition by pressing the lock button on the transmitter even if the doors are not closed. vehicle in park and ignition off). there is a brief delay before you can unintentionally locking your intelligent unlock your vehicle. all doors will lock then unlock if the ignition is on. all of the doors will immediately unlock. you can lock your vehicle after all doors are closed by pressing the lock button on another intelligent access key or touching the locking area on the handle with another E138632 intelligent access key in your hand. you can lock Press and hold the lock sensor area for your vehicle by any method. power door lock control (with the door open. enUSA. If your vehicle finds a key. When you open one of the front doors and lock your vehicle with the power door lock control. This delay lets you pull access key inside your vehicle’s passenger the handle to make sure it locked. First Printing . your At the Liftgate vehicle will search for an intelligent access key in the passenger compartment after you close the door. When you open one of the front doors and Press the exterior liftgate release button lock your vehicle using the power door lock on the top of the liftgate pull-cup handle. avoid unlocking the door inadvertently. all the doors will lock then unlock if your key is still in the ignition. In order to override the smart unlock feature and intentionally lock the intelligent access key inside your vehicle. E185863 If both front doors are closed. control.

• you press the remote control lock Enabling or Disabling Autolock and button. The horn Autounlock (If Equipped) will sound once if disabled or twice (one The autounlock feature will unlock all the short and one long) if enabled. 3. three times. or Autounlock • after 25 seconds of illumination. and Illuminated Entry • you open the driver door within 10 The interior lamps and select exterior minutes of the switching the ignition lamps will illuminate when you unlock the off or to accessory. or you can do the procedure • you turn them on with the lamp control. autounlock feature independently of the • your vehicle comes to a stop and you autolock feature. enUSA. than 4 mph (7 km/h). Switch the ignition on. The autolock feature will lock all the doors 5. motion at a speed greater than 4 mph Note: You can enable or disable the (7 km/h). Autolock: Press the power door unlock • you shift into any gear putting your button then the lock button. and your vehicle has been in indicating programming is complete. The horn will vehicle in motion. doors with the remote entry system. doors when: After programming the feature. following: Note: You will have 30 seconds to Illuminated Exit complete the procedure. switch the ignition off or to accessory. do the • any door is open. The horn will when: sound indicating your vehicle is in • all doors are closed programming mode. or To enable or disable these features. the driver door. The horn will sound once closed. all the doors are ignition off. Autounlock: Press the power door lock button then the unlock button. First Printing . Locks Autolock (If Equipped) 4. Switch the ignition on. • the ignition is on. and sound once if disabled or twice (one short • your vehicle attains a speed greater and one long) if enabled. 59 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Note: The doors will not autounlock if you The illuminated entry system will turn off electronically lock your vehicle after you the lights if: switch the ignition off and before you open • you start your vehicle. lamps will illuminate when all doors are 2. Press the power door unlock button three times. yourself. The interior lamps and select exterior 1. Press the power door unlock button closed and you switch the ignition off. Switch the ignition off. switch the • the ignition is on. Note: Your authorized dealer can perform The lights will not turn off if: this procedure.

Note: Be careful when opening or closing the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed area to avoid damaging the liftgate. • you lock your vehicle from the outside. keep the vents or windows open so outside air comes into your vehicle. liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust fumes into your vehicle. This could damage the liftgate and its components. If you must drive with the liftgate open. Manually Accessory Mode Battery Saver for Intelligent Access Keys (If Equipped) If you leave the ignition on after leaving your vehicle. and then pull on the outside in any area of your vehicle that is not handle. Manually open the Make sure to close and latch the liftgate. it will shut off 15 minutes after you close all of the doors. equipped with seats and safety belts. If you leave the courtesy lamps or dome lamps on and switch the ignition off. enUSA. Locks The lamps will turn off if all the doors Note: Do not hang anything. three seconds to unlock the E138630 liftgate. First Printing . Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat With the Remote Control and using a safety belt properly. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious Press the button twice within personal injury or death. for example a remain closed and: bike rack. In a crash. from the glass or liftgate. inside or outside of a vehicle. This will also prevent passengers and cargo from falling out. MANUAL LIFTGATE WARNINGS It is extremely dangerous to ride in a E138632 cargo area. people riding in Press the button located in the top of the these areas are more likely to be seriously liftgate pull cup handle to unlatch the injured or killed. This • 25 seconds elapse. or could damage the liftgate and its components. 60 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Note: Do not leave the liftgate open while Battery Saver driving. Do not allow people to ride liftgate. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury. the Opening the Liftgate battery saver shuts them off after some time.

Note: Be careful when opening or closing the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed Keep keys out of reach of children. Failure to the liftgate. This could damage the liftgate and its components. its components. This could damage the liftgate and operation of the power liftgate at all times. You should supervise the driving. Do not allow children to operate or play near an open or moving power Note: Do not leave the liftgate open while liftgate. cargo area. air comes into your vehicle. If you must drive with the liftgate open. Locks Closing the Liftgate Note: Make sure that you close the liftgate before operating or moving your vehicle. • The liftgate is not fully closed and your WARNINGS vehicle speed is at or above 3 mph It is extremely dangerous to ride in a (5 km/h). In a crash. A repetitive tone equipped with seats and seatbelts. a tone will sound for one of the following reasons: A handle is located inside the liftgate to help with closing. Note: Do not hang anything. inside or outside of a vehicle. 61 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. If the liftgate continues to follow this warning could result in serious close after opening. Make sounds and the liftgate closes under sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat control. enUSA. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury. This will also WARNING prevent passengers and cargo from falling Make sure all persons are clear of the out. Remove any excessive weight from and properly using a seatbelt. checked by an authorized dealer. from the glass or liftgate. The liftgate only operates with the transmission in park (P). If there is a problem with the open or close E155976 request. people riding in If the liftgate starts to close after it has these areas are more likely to be seriously fully opened. especially in an enclosure. this indicates there may be injured or killed. • The battery voltage is below the POWER LIFTGATE (If Equipped) minimum operating voltage. • The ignition is on and the transmission is not in park (P). like a garage or a parking structure. This could damage the liftgate and its components. Do not allow people to ride excessive weight on the liftgate or a in any area of your vehicle that is not possible gas strut failure. have the system personal injury or death. for example a bike rack. power liftgate area before using the keep the vents or windows open so outside power liftgate control. Make sure to close and latch the Opening and Closing the Liftgate liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust fumes into your vehicle. First Printing . area to avoid damaging the liftgate.

• Pressing the liftgate button on the Note: Allow the power system to open the instrument panel. Unlock the liftgate with the remote control or power door unlock control. E138636 Press and release the liftgate control button. Stopping the Liftgate Movement Note: Do not apply sudden excessive force to the liftgate while it is in motion. First Printing . * This method only works for vehicles with the hands-free liftgate feature. • Pressing the liftgate button on the 2. top of the liftgate pull-cup handle. This could damage the power liftgate and its components. Press the control button located in the remote control twice. the liftgate unlocks when you press the liftgate release button. Locks From the Instrument Panel Closing the Liftgate Press the button on the WARNING instrument panel. operation or reverse its direction. Manually • Moving your foot under and away from interfering with the liftgate motion may also the center rear bumper in a single-kick * replicate a gas strut failure. liftgate. Manually pushing or pulling the liftgate may activate the system’s obstacle • Activating the obstacle detection detection feature and stop the power feature. E138630 With the Outside Control Button Opening the Liftgate 1. You can stop the liftgate movement by doing any of the following: E138632 • Pressing the liftgate control button. With the Remote Control Press the button twice within three seconds. motion. E138633 Keep clear of the liftgate when activating the rear switch. 62 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. If an intelligent access key is within 3 ft (1 m) of the liftgate. enUSA.

enUSA. Failure to do this could moving. Note: The system recalls the new programmed height until you reprogram it. change the programmed height. Before driving off. even if you disconnect the battery. Once you open the power liftgate. Press and hold the liftgate control button on the liftgate until you hear a When Opening tone. First Printing . To 2. Obstacle Detection When Closing The system stops when it detects an obstacle. A tone sounds and the system reverses to open. it reaches the desired height. indicating programming is The system stops when it detects an complete. you can power close the liftgate. you can also manually move it to result in unintentionally leaving the liftgate the desired height. Once you remove the obstacle. repeat the above procedure. To transmitter within 3 ft (1 m) of the liftgate. you can manually move it to a different height. Hands-Free Feature (If Equipped) The new open liftgate height is recalled Make sure you have an intelligent access when the power liftgate is opened. When operating the power liftgate after you have programmed a lower height than fully open. Locks Setting the Liftgate Open Height Note: Entering your vehicle while the liftgate is closing can cause your vehicle to 1. operate the liftgate. Open the liftgate. E174120 63 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. you can continue to button to program the height. obstacle and a tone sounds. you can fully open the liftgate by manually pushing it upward to the maximum open position. Note: You cannot program the height if the liftgate position is too low. Stop the liftgate movement by pressing prevent this. 3. Once you Note: You can only use the liftgate control remove the obstacle. open while driving. check the instrument cluster for a liftgate or door ajar message or Note: Once the liftgate has stopped warning indicator. let the power liftgate close the control button on the liftgate when completely before you enter your vehicle. bounce and activate obstacle detection.

Keep the intelligent access key away from the rear bumper detection area when washing your vehicle. Note: Allow the power system to open the liftgate. Manually pushing or pulling the liftgate may activate the system’s obstacle detection feature and stop the power operation or reverse its direction. enUSA. Do not move your foot sideways or the sensors may not detect the motion. 64 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. First Printing . Locks 1. Manually interfering with the liftgate motion may also replicate a gas strut failure. Note: Splashing water may cause the hands-free liftgate to open. 2. Move your foot under and away from the rear bumper detection area in a single-kick motion. The liftgate powers open or close.

a malfunction has access with push button start system. Switch the ignition off. Only use integrated keyhead transmitters or standard SecuriLock keys. A message may appear in the The intelligent access key functions as a information display. integrated keyhead transmitters. Prevent these objects from any inconveniences. A message may appear in the well as a remote control. Always take your keys and coded keys to your vehicle. programmed key that operates the driver If you are unable to start your vehicle with door lock and activates the intelligent a correctly coded key. you will need to have your protection. Security PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT Replacement Keys SYSTEM Note: Your vehicle comes equipped with two integrated keyhead transmitters or two SecuriLock® intelligent access keys. 65 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. move all replacement keys. If your programmed transmitters or Note: The system is not compatible with standard SecuriLock coded keys non-Ford aftermarket remote start systems. (integrated keyhead transmitters only) are Use of these systems may result in vehicle lost or stolen and you do not have an extra starting problems and a loss of security coded key. First Printing . objects on the key chain away from the Programming a Spare Integrated coded key and restart your vehicle if a Keyhead Transmitter problem occurs. You need to erase the key codes from your Note: Metallic objects. electronic devices vehicle and program new coded keys. information display. enUSA. The system helps prevent your vehicle The integrated keyhead transmitter from starting unless you use a coded key functions as a programmed ignition key programmed to your vehicle. All eight can be lock all doors when leaving your vehicle. starting. as well as a remote control. Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key Note: You can program a maximum of eight in your vehicle. as happened. You can program your own integrated Automatic Arming keyhead transmitter or standard Your vehicle arms immediately after you SecuriLock coded keys to your vehicle. vehicle towed to an authorized dealer. or a second coded key on the same key chain may cause vehicle starting issues if Store an extra programmed key away from they are too close to the key when starting your vehicle in a safe place to help prevent your vehicle. This switch the ignition off. See your authorized touching the coded key while starting the dealer to purchase additional spare or engine. procedure will program both the vehicle immobilizer keycode and the remote entry Automatic Disarming portion of the remote control to your vehicle Switching the ignition on with a coded key disarms your vehicle. Using the that operates all the locks and starts your wrong key may prevent your vehicle from vehicle.

problem with your vehicle. 66 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Read and understand the entire procedure before you begin. key from the ignition. If programming was not successful. Switch the ignition off and remove the The direction indicators flash and the horn first coded key from the ignition. If you are still unsuccessful. The alarm is ready to arm when there is 6. Switch the ignition off and remove the not a key in the ignition. seconds of switching the ignition off. 2. vehicle. Remove the newly programmed coded vehicle. wait 10 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 8. First Printing . • Use a key in the driver’s door to unlock If the key has been successfully the vehicle. sounds if unauthorized entry is attempted 4. Security You must have two previously Programming a Spare Intelligent programmed coded keys and the new Access Key unprogrammed key readily accessible. key from the ignition. Keep the ignition on for at least three Arming the Alarm seconds. the ignition on for at least six seconds. then switch the ignition on programmed it will start your vehicle and within 12 seconds. Keep the luggage compartment or the hood the ignition on for at least three opens without using the key or remote seconds. • Switch the ignition on or start the 9. but no more than 10 seconds. take your vehicle to your authorized dealer. Insert the first previously programmed The system warns you of an unauthorized coded key into the ignition. but will not disarm the system. Take all remote controls to an authorized insert the second previously coded key dealer if there is any potential alarm into the ignition. remote control will stop the horn and signal indicators. Electronically lock second previously programmed coded the vehicle to arm the alarm. After three seconds but within 10 while the alarm is armed. insert the new unprogrammed key into the ignition. It triggers if any door. Switch the ignition from off to on. operate the remote entry system (if the new key is an integrated keyhead Note: Pressing the panic button on the transmitter). enUSA. but no more than 10 seconds. control. ANTI-THEFT ALARM (If Equipped) 1. 3. 5. entry to your vehicle. Keep or keyless entry keypad. Switch the ignition from off to on. After three seconds but within 10 Disarming the Alarm seconds of switching the ignition off Disarm the alarm by any of the following and removing the previously actions: programmed coded key. See your authorized dealer to have the spare See your authorized dealer to have key programmed if two previously additional keys programmed to your programmed coded keys are not available. • Unlock the doors or luggage compartment with the remote control 8. 7. Switch the ignition from off to on.

Steering Wheel ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving. See Sitting in the Correct Position (page 113). Unlock the steering column. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position. 2 3 E95179 3. AUDIO CONTROL (If Equipped) Select the required source on the audio unit. Lock the steering column. 67 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. 2. Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position. enUSA. 2 1 You can operate the following functions with the control: E95178 1. First Printing .

enUSA. E129464 B Seek up or next. control. Next or Previous Press the seek button to: • Tune the radio to the next or previous stored preset. • Seek through a track. First Printing . Press and hold the seek button to: • Tune the radio to the next station up or down the frequency band. • Play the next or the previous track. 68 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Steering Wheel VOICE CONTROL (If Equipped) A D C B E129463 A Volume up. E142437 See Using Cruise Control (page 179). Pull the control to select or deselect voice C Volume down. CRUISE CONTROL Seek. D Seek down or previous.

Steering Wheel INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROL E130248 See Information Displays (page 93). 69 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Multimedia Controls E145434 Use the arrows on the right side of the steering wheel to navigate through the information display menus. Press OK to make a selection. enUSA. First Printing .

Speed Dependent Wipers (If Equipped) When your vehicle speed increases. clean the windshield and the wiper blades. First Printing . See Changing the Wiper Blades (page 229). install new wiper blades. interior mirror. If that does not resolve the issue. Note: Check your wipers before you enter A Single wipe. a car wash to make sure you switched them B Intermittent wipe. 70 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. C Normal wipe. AUTOWIPERS (If Equipped) Note: Fully defrost the windshield before E197525 switching on the windshield wipers. Wipers and Washers WINDSHIELD WIPERS Intermittent Wipe Note: Fully defrost the windshield before you switch the windshield wipers on. the interval between wipes decreases. It adjusts the wiper speed by the amount of moisture that the sensor detects on the windshield. E197526 Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield. off. You can find it in the area around the D High-speed wipe. and then use the rotary control to adjust the intermittent wipe interval. This may scratch the glass. Note: Make sure you switch the windshield wipers and vehicle power off before using an automatic car wash. enUSA. Always use the windshield washers before wiping a dry C Long-wipe interval. The autowipers feature uses a rain sensor. Note: If streaks or smears appear on the windshield. A Short-wipe interval. See Checking the Wiper Blades (page 229). windshield. and automatically turns on the wipers. motor to burn out. damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper B Intermittent wipe. Push the wiper lever up to switch the wipers on. The rain sensor monitors Note: Move to position O marked on the the amount of moisture on the windshield wiper lever to switch off.

and the wipers turn on when the rain sensor detects a small amount of moisture on the windshield. 71 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. The autowipers feature is active and ready when the wiper lever is in the first position and selected in the information display. Wipers and Washers Use the rotary control to adjust the sensitivity of the rain sensor: • Rotate the control down to low sensitivity. and the wipers turn on when the rain sensor detects a large amount of moisture on the windshield. You can change the autowipers feature to intermittent wipers through the information display. • Rotate the control up to high sensitivity. • When you move the wiper lever up to the first position and the autowiper system is on. Switch the autowipers off by moving the wiper lever down. • Remember to move the wiper lever position up to the second position to wipe the windshield on-demand. • When you set the wiper control to a higher sensitivity. Switch the autowipers on by moving the • Move the wiper lever position up to wiper lever up to the first position. the sensor detects moisture. • When you lower the sensitivity. See General Information (page 93). wipers remain in their ready B On. the autowiper sensitivity setting adjusts the wiper speed according to the E197526 moisture on the windshield only. the second position to wipe the windshield on-demand. They do not wipe the windshield automatically unless C Lowest sensitivity. position only. the wipers wipe the windshield once. the A Highest sensitivity. enUSA. First Printing .

snow or salty road mist can cause When you release the lever. The autowipers Note: Do not operate the washers when feature functions only when you select the the washer reservoir is empty. windshield. To operate the washers and spray the Wet or winter driving conditions with ice. Rear Window Wiper • Switch to normal or high-speed wipe by moving the wiper lever up. See Autolamps (page 75). Note: Make sure you switch the rear window wiper and ignition off before using • Switch the autowipers off and switch an automatic car wash. In these conditions. First Printing . you can do the following to help keep your windshield REAR WINDOW WIPER AND clear: WASHERS • Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers to reduce the amount of smearing. you move the wiper lever up to the first position. Note: If you switch autolamps on in conjunction with autowipers. See General Information (page 93). • Switch the autowipers off by moving the wiper lever down. See General Information (page 93). smearing. A Intermittent wipe. the wipers will inconsistent and unexpected wiping or operate for a short time. The autowipers feature then remains on in the information display menu until you change it to intermittent wipe. intermittent mode on through the information display. Note: Clean the windshield and wiper blades if they begin to leave streaks or smears. This may menu choice in the information display and cause the washer pump to overheat. mist or insects hit the windshield. The rain sensor is very sensitive. pull the lever toward you. If the area around the mirror is dirty. See Changing E197647 the Wiper Blades (page 229). If that does not resolve the issue. 72 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Wipers and Washers Note: Check your wiper function in the WINDSHIELD WASHERS information display. B Low speed wipe. enUSA. your low beam headlamps turn on automatically when the rain sensor activates the windshield wipers continuously. install new wiper blades. then the wipers E197528 may operate if dirt. C Off. Keep the outside of the windshield clean.

Press the top of the button again to switch low speed wipe on. 73 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Wipers and Washers Press the top of the button to switch intermittent wipe on. wiping continues for a short period of time. enUSA. First Printing . Press the bottom of the button to switch the rear window wiper off. rear intermittent wipe automatically turns on. When you release the lever. Rear Window Washer E197529 Push the lever away from you to operate the rear window washer. When you switch on the front wipers and move the gearshift lever to reverse (R).

enUSA. A Off. instrument panel lamps. Examples of unacceptable condensation are: • A water puddle inside the lamp. a fine mist can form on the interior of the lens. Condensation can be a natural by-product of this design. Push the lever forward again or pull the lever toward you to switch the high beams off. there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold. drip marks or large droplets). If you see any unacceptable condensation. • The presence of a fine mist (no streaks. license plate lamps and Examples of acceptable condensation are: tail lamps. First Printing . • Streaks. C Headlamps. E162679 Push the lever away from you to switch the high beam on. When normal condensation occurs. B Parking lamps. The E142449 fine mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation. When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents. 74 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. • A fine mist covers less than 50% of the High Beams lens. have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer. Lighting GENERAL INFORMATION LIGHTING CONTROL Condensation in Lamp Assemblies Exterior lamps have vents to accommodate normal changes in air pressure. drip marks or large droplets present on the interior of the lens. Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions.

See Information Displays E162680 (page 93). Lighting Headlamp Flasher If equipped. • Adaptive headlamp control. The headlamps remain on for a period of time after you switch the ignition off. Note: If you switch autolamps and autowipers on. E142451 When the lighting control is in the autolamps position. Always ensure that your headlamps the windshield wipers on and the lighting are switched to auto or on. Use the information display controls to adjust the period of time that the headlamps remain on. • If the wipers are in intermittent mode. such as daytime turn on within 10 seconds when you switch fog. • Automatic high beam control. First Printing . They during all low visibility conditions. • When the wipers are on to clear washer fluid during a wash condition. The headlamps will not turn on by wiper activation: • During a mist wipe. autolamps position. 75 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. the headlamps will automatically turn on when the windshield wipers continuously operate. enUSA. control is in the autolamps position. Failure turn off approximately 60 seconds after to do so may result in a collision. Slightly pull the lever toward you and Note: With the headlamps in the release it to flash the headlamps. as appropriate. the headlamps automatically turn on in low light situations or when the wipers activate. WARNING Windshield Wiper Activated Headlamps The autolamps switch position may not activate the headlamps in all low The windshield wiper activated headlamps visibility conditions. the following also activate when the lighting control is in the autolamps position and you switch them on in the information display: • Configurable daytime running lamps. you switch the windshield wipers off. you cannot switch the high beam headlamps on until the autolamps system turns the low beam AUTOLAMPS headlamps on.

you can E132712 switch the headlamps on by pulling the direction indicator lever toward you. First Printing . enUSA. Lighting INSTRUMENT LIGHTING Vehicles Without Front Fog Lamps DIMMER A B Note: If you disconnect the battery or it becomes discharged. You can cancel this feature by pulling the direction indicator toward you again or switching the ignition on. You Press repeatedly or press and hold until will hear a short tone. B Press repeatedly or press and hold to brighten. Vehicles With Front Fog Lamps E165366 A Press repeatedly or press and hold to dim. 76 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. The headlamps will the desired level is reached. the illuminated components will switch to the maximum setting. switch off automatically after three minutes with any door open or 30 seconds after the last door has been closed. HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY After you switch the ignition off.

during all low visibility conditions. override autolamp control. as appropriate. WARNING 5. The ignition is switched to the on position. off using the information display controls. See Information Displays (page 93).Conventional (Non- Configurable) The daytime running lamps turn on when: 1. Also. The daytime running lamps system The other lighting control switch positions does not activate the rear lamps and do not activate the daytime running lamps. The daytime running lamps turn on when: 1. Make sure in all lighting control switch positions. The lighting control is in the off. The ignition is switched to the on position. Failure to do so may result in a FRONT FOG LAMPS (If Equipped) crash. Type 1 . 77 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. 3. the daytime running lamps are off conditions. Lighting DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS 4. The transmission is not in park (P) for vehicles with automatic transmissions or the parking brake is released for vehicles with manual transmissions. They are switched on in the information display. may not provide adequate lighting and you can use them to temporarily during low visibility driving conditions. 2. First Printing . The lighting control is in the autolamps position. 3. The headlamps are off. parking E142453 lamp or autolamps positions. The headlamps are off. See Information Displays (page 93). Press the control to switch the fog lamps 4. the headlamps are switched to auto or on. on or off. 2. the autolamps switch position may not When switched off in the information activate the headlamps in all low visibility display. enUSA. Type 2 .Configurable You can switch the fog lamps on when the lighting control is in any position except Switch the daytime running lamps on or Off and the high beams are not on. such as daytime fog. The transmission is not in park (P) for vehicles with automatic transmissions or the parking brake is released for vehicles with manual transmissions.

The door function indicator lamp will illuminate yellow with lamps disabled. (B) All lamps on and off switch. Push the lever up or down to use the E160818 direction indicators. Lighting DIRECTION INDICATORS (A) Door function switch. First Printing . C Front Interior Lamp (If Equipped) E142454 (A) Door function switch. E160816 (C)Passenger individual lamp on and off switch. The door function indicator lamp will illuminate yellow with lamps disabled. Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the Front Interior Lamp . Press C D this switch to disable the interior E160819 lamps. Press the switch again to turn interior lamps back on. • You press switch B on the front interior lamp. B A E160816 (C) Individual lamp on and off E161163 switch. • You press a remote control button. The indicator lamp will illuminate blue. enUSA. Driver Side Lamp INTERIOR LAMPS A B The lamps will switch on when one of the following conditions have been met: • You open any door. E160818 78 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. E160817 E162681 (D) Driver individual lamp on and off switch. Press this switch to disable the interior E160819 lamps.With direction indicators flash three times to Panorama Roof (If Equipped) indicate a lane change. (B) All lamps on and off switch. The indicator lamp will illuminate blue. Press the switch again to turn interior lamps back on.

The ambient lighting control is located in the overhead console. The ambient lighting will switch on when the following conditions have been met: • you switch the ignition on E190496 • you switch the headlamps on (A)Passenger side lamp on and The ambient lighting will remain on until off switch. E160818 • the accessory delay timer expires. B Control knob E160818 C Search mode Rear Interior Lamp (If Equipped) Rotate B past the first detent to switch on and adjust to the desired brightness. Press A to cycle through the color choices. A B Press C to switch on all interior lamps and the ambient lighting. Lighting Passenger Side Lamp A B C A E142456 E142455 A Color palette (A) Individual lamp on and off switch. 79 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Press C again to switch off the interior lamps and return the ambient lighting to the previously selected color. First Printing . AMBIENT LIGHTING (If Equipped) The ambient lighting system illuminates the interior with a choice of several colors. you switch the ignition off and one of the E160817 following conditions have been met: (B)Driver side lamp on and off • you lock your vehicle switch. enUSA.

It will reverse some distance if there is an obstacle in the way. enUSA. They may seriously injure themselves. One-Touch Up Lift the switch fully and release it. It illuminates when you lock the rear window controls. the point of resistance and let it reverse. Press or lift it again to stop the window. Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature E70848 WARNING Note: You may hear a pulsing noise when When you override the bounce-back just one of the windows is open. when closing the windows to avoid personal injury or damage to your vehicle. Proceed as follows to override this protection feature when there is a One-Touch Down resistance. Lift the switch to close the window. Press 1. Close the window twice until it reaches again or lift it to stop the window. E70850 Press the control to lock or unlock the rear window controls. for example in winter: Press the switch fully and release it. Bounce-Back (If Equipped) The window will stop automatically while closing. Press the switch to open the window. Windows and Mirrors POWER WINDOWS Window Lock WARNINGS Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the power windows. you should verify they are free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings. When closing the power windows. First Printing . 80 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Lower the feature the window will not reverse opposite window slightly to reduce this if it detects an obstacle. Take care noise.

The bounce-back feature remains To use the global opening feature: turned off until you reset the 1. opening function. accessory delay must not be active. Windows and Mirrors 2. window will go past the point of resistance and you can close it fully. Lift and hold the switch until the 3. The the windows with the ignition off. enUSA. remote control to stop the window 2. Do not adjust the mirrors when your vehicle is moving. Lift and hold the switch until the Power Exterior Mirrors window is fully closed. Release the switch. Lift the switch again for one more Note: Contact an authorized Ford dealer to second. Accessory Delay (If Equipped) You can use the window switches for several minutes after you switch the ignition off or until you open either front door. First Printing . Press the remote control unlock button If you have disconnected the battery. 2. when the windows begin to open. The bounce-back feature is now disabled and you can You can use the remote control to operate close the window manually. unlock button. Press the lock or unlock button on your window is fully closed. 8. you again and hold it for approximately must reset the bounce-back memory three seconds. Press and hold the switch until the window is fully open. See an authorized dealer as soon as possible if the window does not close after Opening the Windows the third attempt. EXTERIOR MIRRORS 5. 4. 1. deactivate this feature. Release the switch. Press and release the remote control memory. 6. 81 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. 3. Open the window and then try to close it automatically. Reset and repeat the procedure if the window does not close automatically. Note: To operate this feature. WARNING 7. Release the control separately for each window. Close the window a third time to the GLOBAL OPENING point of resistance. You can use the global opening feature to Resetting the Bounce-Back Feature open the windows only for a short time after you unlock your vehicle by using the WARNING remote control.

then check the blind spot mirror. signal that you intend to change lanes. Make sure that you fully engage the mirror in its support when returning it to its original position. Signal Indicator Mirrors The outer portion of the appropriate mirror housing blinks when you activate the turn signal. B E70846 Blind spot mirrors have an integrated convex mirror built into the upper outboard A Left-hand mirror corner of the exterior mirrors. If no vehicles are present in the blind spot mirror and the traffic in the adjacent lane is at a safe distance. They are designed to increase your visibility along B Off the side of your vehicle. 82 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors Push the mirror toward the door window glass. Windows and Mirrors Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped) See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 111). E70847 Press the arrows to adjust the mirror. Glance over your shoulder to verify traffic is clear and carefully change lanes. enUSA. Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors WARNING Objects in the blind spot mirror are A C closer than they appear. First Printing . C Right-hand mirror Check the main mirror first before a lane change.

The mirror will dim automatically to reduce glare when bright lights are detected from A behind your vehicle. Windows and Mirrors Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives. Lift the cover to switch the lamp on. You can adjust the interior mirror to your preference. Auto-Dimming Mirror (If Equipped) Note: Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the mirror. This lets you move the mirror head up or down and from side to C side. First Printing . The vehicle will transition to your peripheral field of view as it leaves the blind spot mirror (C). The image will transition from the main mirror and begin to appear in the blind spot mirror as the vehicle approaches (B). enUSA. The image becomes larger and begins to move Illuminated Vanity Mirror (If Equipped) outboard across the main mirror as the vehicle approaches (A). A rear center passenger or raised rear center head restraint may also block light from reaching the sensor. The image of the approaching vehicle is small and near the inboard edge of the SUN VISORS main mirror when it is at a distance. Some mirrors also have a second pivot point. INTERIOR MIRROR WARNING Do not adjust the mirror when your E162197 vehicle is moving. Pull the tab below the mirror toward you to reduce glare at night. Mirror performance B may be affected. 83 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. fuel or other petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning products. It will automatically return to normal reflection when you select reverse gear to make sure you have a clear E138665 view when backing up.

When closing the sun shade. action point twice and release it within two seconds. enUSA. wait for another 30 seconds and then switch the E138668 ignition back on again. until the sun shade fully closes. Press and hold the front of the control Shade to the first action point. one-touch operation. control to close the sun shade. children and pets are not in the proximity of the sunshade. First Printing . Press the rear of the control to the first second time. Bounce-Back The sun shade will stop automatically while closing. If you do not complete Step 2 within 15 seconds of Step 1. Confirm that relearning was successful by Fully press and release the rear of the opening and closing the sun shade. To stop motion during two seconds. press the control a 2. 84 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. until the sun shade fully opens. 1. Switch the ignition off. They may seriously hurt sure that there are no obstacles in themselves. the way of the moving sun shade. control to open the sun shade. Press the front of the control to the first The sun shade has a one-touch open and action point twice and release it within close feature. 4. you Note: You must start the relearning process should verify that it is free of within 30 seconds of switching the ignition obstructions and make sure that on. It will reverse some distance if there is an obstacle in the way. Press and hold the rear of the control to the first action point. Make the vehicle. Opening and Closing the Sun 3. follow this relearning The control is located in the overhead procedure: console. Start the procedure Fully press and release the front of the again from the beginning. In case the sun shade no longer opens or closes properly. the relearning function end. Windows and Mirrors SUN SHADES (If Equipped) Sun Shade Relearning WARNING WARNINGS Do not let children play with the sun The bounce-back function is not shade or leave them unattended in active during this procedure.

enUSA. decrease as the battery charges and discharges during normal operation. Charge Fill (State of Charge). First Printing . graphic displays your battery information. energy you can get from an external charge an enhanced battery graphic displays your (plugging your vehicle in). The level will increase or distance your vehicle has traveled. Charge Assist and Regen Active information. Battery Gauge: Charge Fill (Energi Plug-in Power Mode) Note: For Energi vehicles there are two The fill level indicates the amount of versions of the battery gauge. A full fill represents the total amount of When your vehicle is in plug-in power mode. or State of Charge indicates Odometer the amount of energy stored in the high Located in the bottom of the information voltage battery as a percent of total energy display. When the fill battery information. When your energy stored in the high voltage battery vehicle is in hybrid mode. Registers the accumulated capacity. Instrument Cluster GAUGES A B C E162393 A Left Information Display B Speedometer C Right Information Display Charge Fill (Hybrid Mode) Left Information Display The fill level. a simple battery which is available for Plug-in Power Mode. reaches empty your vehicle will The high voltage battery gauge provides automatically enter Hybrid Mode. 85 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America.

Regen Active After refueling some variability in needle position is normal: A circular arrow symbol appears in the • It may take a short time for the needle center of the battery gauge when energy to reach F after leaving the gas station. Variations: Driving type (fuel economy Fuel gauge position Distance-to-empty conditions) Highway driving 1/16th 35–80 mi (56–129 km) Severe duty driving (trailer 1/16th 35 mi (56 km) towing. The arrow adjacent to information about the energy going into the fuel pump symbol indicates on which and out of the high voltage battery. The down arrow below the battery The needle should move toward F when indicates battery discharging to provide you refuel your vehicle. Note: The fuel gauge may vary slightly • If the gas station nozzle shuts off when your vehicle is moving or on a gradient. charging such as from regenerative braking. is being recaptured through the This is normal and depends upon the regenerative braking system. The fuel gauge will indicate approximately how much fuel is The up and down arrows provide left in the fuel tank. try a different gas pump nozzle. If the needle points power for propulsion or vehicle to E after adding fuel. tank is a little less or more than the See General Information (page 93). 86 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. gauge indicated. this indicates your accessories. This feature can be switched on or off in • The fuel amount dispensed into the the information displays settings menu. The up side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is arrow above the battery indicates battery located. See General Information (page 93). extended idle) Information Vehicle Settings and Personalization See General Information (page 93). vehicle needs service soon. Low Fuel Reminder A low fuel reminder triggers when the fuel gauge needle is at 1/16th. enUSA. Display/Trip Settings See General Information (page 93). First Printing . slope of pavement at the gas station. This is normal and depends upon the slope of pavement Fuel Gauge: at the gas station. before the tank is full. Instrument Cluster Charge Assist Switch the ignition on.

For trips with Plug-in Power Mode displayed is an indication of the operation an estimate of your EV Range/Full regenerative braking efficiency with 100% Charge is provided along with a listing of representing the maximum amount of factors and their contributions to this energy recovery. (when the Ready to Drive message comes on). The range is while in Plug-in Power Mode in kilowatt displayed at the bottom of the screen with hours (kWh). The percent entire trip. In addition for Energi. A new trip Navigation or Compass begins each time you start your vehicle See your SYNC information. Instrument Cluster Brake Coach Display: Note: Corresponding trip efficiency leaves appear on the right information display upon The Brake Coach appears after the vehicle shutting off your Hybrid vehicle. off your vehicle. gasoline range shown in white and electric range (Energi only) shown in blue. Phone • Distance . The information is cumulative over the last trip. the information displays settings menu. estimate.Displays the average fuel Vehicle range indicates the estimated economy. enUSA.The percent displayed is an indication of the regenerative • Gasoline Range: Is the estimated braking efficiency for the trip. First Printing . • Energy Use . This range is based on a calculation determined by the amount of energy stored in the high voltage battery as a result of charging while plugged in and the energy being used while driving. 87 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. • Brake Score . Regen distance is the estimated range gained from energy See General Information (page 93). Right Information Display Trip Summary: Entertainment The Trip Summary displays upon shutting See your SYNC information. It coaches you to brake vehicles the trip efficiency leaves are shown in a manner which maximizes the amount on the right information display when the of energy returned through the vehicle operates in Hybrid Mode for the regenerative braking system. • Electric Range: Is the estimated distance you can travel in Plug-In Power Mode with the engine off. distance traveled on battery power only (EV distance) and Regen Fuel Economy distance. See General Information (page 93). traveled. On Energi has come to a stop.Displays the total distance See your SYNC information. recaptured through regenerative Vehicle Range braking. distance your vehicle will travel with the displays the total electrical energy used energy currently onboard. See Next Full Charge under Right This feature can be switched on or off in Information Display in this chapter. distance to empty based on the fuel remaining in the tank.

energy losses due to outside temperature and other conditions Next Full Charge which reduce vehicle system efficiency. energy usage./other – This includes information display. headlights. heated whenever your vehicle operates in Plug-in seats. charged your vehicle right now. is also included. based on your driving style and route. First Printing . 88 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. The • Your vehicle speed. climate control control. For Energi amount of city or highway driving and vehicles the trip efficiency leaves are road grades. The Note: It is normal for vehicle range bigger the bar the bigger the effect on your estimates to vary due to changes in average estimate. • The ambient temperature and other weather conditions. A new trip begins each time you start voltage climate control components your vehicle (when the Ready to Drive such as the electric A/C compressor message comes on). A green bar indicates a positive effect on • Road grades. Energy usage is affected by • Your use of accessories such as climate your driving style and route. outside temperature and other factors. Your driving style includes how fast you Trip Efficiency Leaves drive and whether your acceleration and braking is mild or aggressive. enUSA. The Next Full Charge display is shown Energy used for low voltage upon shutting off your Energi vehicle accessories such as cabin fans. use. Corresponding Trip and the electric heater. Instrument Cluster The amount of energy being used while Miles or kilometers per full charge driving is affected by: This is an estimate of the EV Range you • Mild or aggressive acceleration or would see if you plugged in and fully braking. This is why you will typically see different range estimates each time you • Driving style/route – This includes fill up your fuel tank or fully charge your energy used to propel your vehicle battery. etc. Energy usage effects (+/-) • City or highway driving. An amber bar indicates a negative effect. your EV range per full charge estimate. estimate is based on your energy usage while driving. Your Trip Efficiency Leaves display upon route includes factors such as the shutting off your Hybrid vehicle. Summary data displays on the left • Outside temp. The number of • Climate control use – This includes leaves represent the average for the last energy used by your vehicle’s high trip. displayed only when the vehicle operates in Hybrid for the entire trip. Power Mode for a portion of your trip.

A significant The following warning lamps and decrease in braking performance indicators will alert you to a vehicle may occur. Battery Door Ajar If it lights while driving. enUSA. refer engaged can cause brake failure and the to the respective system warning lamp for risk of personal injury. See Changing a Bulb authorized dealer. Instrument Cluster WARNING LAMPS AND WARNING INDICATORS Driving your vehicle with the warning lamp on is dangerous. Have your vehicle checked by lamps will light when you start your vehicle your authorized dealer immediately. Note: Some warning indicators appear in Cruise Control (If Equipped) the information display and function the same as a warning lamp but do not display Lights when you switch on this when you start your vehicle. Some your vehicle. If the unless the brake system warning lamp also indicators stay on or flash faster. (page 232). E71340 Anti-Lock Braking System Direction Indicator If it lights when you are driving. Driving to make sure they work. this indicates low brake Stop the vehicle as soon as fluid level or a brake system malfunction. Have the system checked immediately by an authorized dealer. further information. this Displays when the ignition is on indicates a malfunction. You Lights when you switch on the will continue to have normal left or right direction indicator or braking (without anti-lock braking system) hazard warning flasher. Engine and Motor Coolant If it lights when you are driving. See Hybrid Vehicle Lights when you engage the E194390 Operation (page 135). this indicates a malfunction. feature. equipment and have the system checked by an authorized dealer immediately. switch off the engine and let cool. Switch and any door is not completely off all unnecessary electrical closed. brake engaged. Have the system checked by an a burned out bulb. EcoSelect Lights when you switch on this Brake System feature. First Printing . check that Temperature you do not have the parking brake Lights when the engine or motor engaged. If any lamps extended distances with the parking brake remain on after starting your vehicle. It will take you longer to stop condition that may become serious. 89 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. possible. check for lights. If you do not have the parking coolant temperature is high. parking brake with the ignition E144522 on.

check your tire pressure as soon as possible. First Printing . See Plug-In Hybrid low. enUSA. EV Later Low Fuel Level Lights when you select this feature on. continues to flash functional. or the fuel tank is nearly empty. authorized dealer. Refuel as soon as possible. If it does not light when you or remains on. Front Fog Lamps (If Equipped) Overdrive Cancel and Grade Assist (If Equipped) Lights when you switch the front fog lamps on. and switch off the engine. 90 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Liftgate Ajar Note: Do not resume your journey if it lights despite the level being correct. or begins to flash at malfunction. E162453 immediately. EV Now Low Battery (If Equipped) Lights when you select this Lights when the battery level is feature on. See Seatbelt low. Have the Lights when the liftgate is not system checked by an authorized dealer completely closed. this beam headlamps on. See Engine Oil Check (page 222). If the lamp remains on with Reminder (page 31). Stop when you use the headlamp your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so flasher. Have the system checked by any time. this indicates a switch on the ignition. Instrument Cluster Engine Oil High Beam If it lights with the engine running Lights when you switch the high or while you are driving. It will flash indicates a malfunction. Fasten Safety Belt Low Tire Pressure Warning It will light and a tone will sound to remind you to fasten your Lights when your tire pressure is safety belt. the engine running or when driving. See Plug-In Hybrid Lights when the fuel level is low E151263 Vehicle Operation (page 137). have the system checked by an an authorized dealer. Check the engine oil level. message suggesting you reduce your usage of the climate system. Lights when the overdrive function in the transmission E162456 turns off and the grade assist turns on. Front Airbag It also lights momentarily when you switch If it fails to light when you start on the ignition to confirm the lamp is your vehicle. You may also see a E144691 E144814 Vehicle Operation (page 137).

indicator light stays on after you this indicates a malfunction. it will not allow you to operate the accelerator pedal. Stability Control Service Engine Soon Lights when the system is active. display stating ready to drive. coverings or other vehicle components. If the excessive exhaust temperatures indicator stays on or continues to come on. See Using Stability of the vehicle emissions control system. charge system fault. the system will turn off. turn itself off if no malfunctions are present. Have an authorized Note: If your vehicle detects certain faults. the service engine soon light will or move the transmission to neutral (N) you stay on until you switch on the engine. If you apply the brake pedal Normally. possibly causing a fire. engine misfire is occurring which could damage your Lights when you switch the catalytic converter. dealer service your vehicle immediately. then can override your vehicle’s acceleration. Control (page 169). enUSA. press the brake pedal and release it. this malfunction. If it remains on or does not light If the service engine soon E138639 when you switch the ignition on. In limp home when you first switch on the ignition prior vehicle operation. Refer to On-Board diagnostics (OBD) in the Fuel and Refueling chapter for more information about having your vehicle serviced. if after 15 seconds the Ready to Drive service engine soon light blinks eight times. your vehicle will to engine start to check the bulb and to accelerate in a controlled manner up to a indicate whether the vehicle is ready for maximum speed of 35 mph (56 km/h) on Inspection and Maintenance testing. Powertrain Fault WARNING Lights when the system detects a powertrain or high-voltage Under engine misfire conditions. First Printing . This will activate The service engine soon indicator lights limp home vehicle operation. fashion (avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration) and have your vehicle serviced immediately. Instrument Cluster Parking Lamps If the light is blinking. interior floor possible. Inspection and Maintenance testing. the fuel system. See E144692 A corresponding message may Emission Control System (page 150). See Emission Control System (page 150). If this happens. During a switch on the engine. could damage the catalytic contact an authorized dealer as soon as converter. Have indicates that the On-Board Diagnostics the system checked by an authorized system (OBD) has detected a malfunction dealer immediately. 91 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. However. Lights after your switch your it means that the vehicle is not ready for vehicle on and it is ready to drive. a flat surface. Drive in a moderate parking lamps on.

First Printing . AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND INDICATORS Key in Ignition Warning Chime Sounds when you open the driver's door and you have left the key in the ignition. Parking Brake On Warning Chime Stop Safely Sounds when you have left the parking brake on and drive your vehicle. 92 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Keyless Warning Alert (If Equipped) Sounds the horn twice when you exit the vehicle and the keyless vehicle is in RUN. It will go out when ignition and open the driver's door and you you switch the system back on have left the headlamps or parking lamps or when you switch the ignition off. A corresponding E144694 transmission selector lever to position P. If the Indicates an electrical warning chime remains on after you have component fault or failure that E144693 released the parking brake. enUSA. message may display after A message will be shown in the display. Instrument Cluster Stability Control Off Headlamps On Warning Chime Lights when you switch the Sounds when you remove the key from the system off. have the will cause the vehicle to system checked by your authorized dealer shutdown or enter into a limited operating immediately. See on. A message may also display. attempting to start the vehicle. Engine On Warning Chime A warning chime will sound when any door is opened if the vehicle exceeds a relatively low speed. mode. Automatic Transmission Warning Vehicle Plugged in (If Equipped) Chime Lights after you plug in your Sounds when you have not moved the vehicle. Using Stability Control (page 169). indicating the vehicle is still on.

Display/Trip Use the up or down arrow E162394 buttons to choose between the E144639 following display options. Your primary responsibility is the safe any time to return to the main menu operation of your vehicle. Make sure you are aware of all applicable Main menu local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. First Printing . 93 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. crash and injury. device that may take your focus off the • Press and hold the left arrow button at road. E144639 Corresponding information is displayed in the information display. loss of vehicle control. We recommend display (escape button). and then press the right arrow key or OK to enter into that category. Information Displays GENERAL INFORMATION • Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the WARNING options within a menu. you can choose from the following categories: Various systems on your vehicle can be controlled using the information display Display/Trip controls on the steering wheel. Note: The cluster will remember the menu level 2 state when you change the key state from the RUN to the OFF position. Information E144642 Left Information Display Controls Settings E100023 Scroll up or down to highlight one of the categories. against the use of any hand-held device • Press the OK button to choose and while driving and encourage the use of confirm settings or messages. Press the left arrow key as needed to exit back to the main menu. voice-operated systems when possible. enUSA. We strongly recommend that • Press the left arrow button to exit a you use extreme caution when using any menu. From the main menu bar on the left side of the information display. • Press the right arrow button to enter a Driving while distracted can result in sub-menu.

Information Displays Display/Trip Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Engage Instantaneous Fuel — — (Split Power + Avg Fuel Economy + Help Battery Gauge + Fuel Gauge) Empower Instantaneous Fuel — — (Power (with engine on/off threshold) + Help Avg Fuel Economy + Battery Gauge + Fuel Gauge) MyView Change MyView Vehicle Range Vehicle Range (MyView + Battery Gauge + Fuel Gauge) Average Fuel Average Fuel Split Power Instantaneous Fuel Power + Threshold Coolant Temp. First Printing . enUSA. Tach rpm x1000 Accessory Power Accessory Power Trip 1 Trip 1 Trip 2 Trip 2 Fuel History Fuel History Coach Coach Blank Blank — Help — — Miles (or km)/Full Help — — Charge (Energi only) Shown in Plug-in Power Mode 94 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America.

this level of demand displayed and the gauges will appear in and associated fuel economy displays blue. you will see EV displayed engine power and high voltage battery and the gauge fill is blue. The engine power • When your vehicle is operating with gauge fill is white and the high voltage both the engine and the high voltage battery power gauge fill is blue. in kilowatts (kW) which includes an engine on or off threshold. Empower • When the engine is on. you will see EV amber indicator. in amber. power in kilowatts (kW). gauge. When your vehicle is operating on • When power demand surpasses the battery power only. 95 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. First Printing . reducing power demand to less than the threshold will Empower provides a power demand gauge allow the engine to turn off. Note: You can reset your average fuel economy by pressing and holding the OK button on the left hand steering wheel controls. You can battery providing power the gauge fill also see an instantaneous fuel economy is white. Information Displays Display/Trip (avg miles(or km)/full charge + instant miles(or km)/full charge gauge + battery gauge + fuel gauge) Fuel Economy Help (Energi only) Shown in Hybrid Mode (avg fuel economy + instant fuel economy gauge + battery gauge + fuel gauge) Trip 1: Trip Data + Help — — Battery Gauge + Fuel Gauge Trip 2: Trip Data + Battery Gauge + Fuel Gauge • When your vehicle is operating with Engage battery power only (below the Engage provides separate gauges for threshold). enUSA. You can also see an instantaneous fuel economy gauge.

electric heater (Energi vehicles only). the tachometer gauge displays the engine speed in Unique content available in MyView: revolutions per minute (RPM). engine is running. This information is kilowatts (kW) for climate and other based on your energy usage while driving. enUSA. • You must select content in both columns before you can save your new • Tach rpm x 1000 — When the gasoline MyView. At normal You can choose what to display in this operating temperature. Charge is an estimate of your EV Range with a fully charged battery. Accessories use Power Mode. and average fuel by gasoline.). will change to red to indicate that the • Press OK to save your selected engine is overheating. For the electric A/C compressor and the more information refer to Next Full Charge. electric range available in economy cannot be reset in MyView. Climate includes the Energy usage is affected by your driving power being used by high voltage style and route. When • Vehicle Range (Energi vehicles only) – your vehicle is operating on battery Indicates the estimated distance your power only with the engine off. First Printing . etc. turn your vehicle off and let the engine cool. You can press OK to enable the engine when viewing this screen during EV Now operation. Gasoline range and electric range are Miles (or km)/Full Charge (Energi only) also shown on the bottom of the right information display. 96 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Other includes all power being used by the low voltage accessories (cabin When you select EV Now operation this fans. the level indicator content. EV vehicle will travel with the energy displays and the tachometer is greyed currently onboard. See Gauges (page 85). Plug-in Power Mode. power but do not contribute to Average Miles or Kilometers per Full propelling your vehicle. as soon as safely possible. Selecting Change MyView in the indicator will be white and will be in the options menu allows you to scroll through normal range (between H and C). • Accessory Power— Indicates electrical power demands from your vehicle’s This display is only available in Plug-in accessory systems. Information Displays MyView • Coolant Temp – Indicates engine coolant temperature. accessories. See Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation (page 137). engine coolant temperature exceeds • Press the up or down arrow to view the normal range. headlights. Miles or Kilometers per Full cause the values to vary. climate control components such as outside temperature and other factors. If the two columns of content choices. Changes in driving In Hybrid Mode the display changes to Fuel pattern and climate control use will Economy. range available in Hybrid Mode fueled Note: The trip data. and total range. The gauge Charge is provided along with an separately displays power demand in Instantaneous gauge. heated seats. screen will automatically be shown. Separately displays out. Stop your vehicle content. climate control use. the level view.

trip average fuel Mode. you can configure different driver setting choices. you can view E144642 different vehicle system information and perform a system check. 97 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Information Tutorial Displays a number of different system tutorials. In Plug-in Power Mode the display economy and trip timer. enUSA. In this mode. E100023 Note: Some items are optional and may not appear. Settings In this mode. MyKey MyKeys (Number of MyKeys programmed) MyKey Miles (km) (Distance traveled using a programmed MyKey) Admin Keys (Number of admin keys) System Check All active warnings will display first if applicable. Note: Some MyKey items will only appear if a MyKey is set. Use the up/down arrows to scroll through the tutorials. changes to Miles (or km)/Full Charge. steering wheel controls. Use the up/down arrow buttons to scroll through the list. viewing this screen you can reset your For Energi vehicles total plug-in electricity average fuel economy by pressing and used in kilowatt hours (kWh) is shown in holding the OK button on the left hand blue next to trip average fuel economy. Then press OK to view. Distance traveled on battery power only An Instant Fuel Economy gauge is provided with the engine off is shown in blue next along with Avg Fuel Economy. Information Displays Fuel Economy (Energi only) Trip 1 & 2 This display is only available in Hybrid Provides trip odometer. For more information see Common Displays in this Info chapter. The system check menu may appear different based upon equipment options and current vehicle status. While to total trip distance. First Printing .

A/C Auto or Last Control Settings Front Defrost Auto or Off Rear Defrost Auto or Off Driver Seat Auto or Off Passenger Seat Auto or Off Duration 5. First Printing . Information Displays Settings Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6 Driver Assist Traction Ctrl On or Off — ECO Cruise On or Off — EV+ Mode On or Off — Rear Park Aid On or Off — Tire Monitor Hold OK to — Reset Vehicle Auto Engine On or Off — Off Lighting Auto Light On or Off Rain Daytime On or Off Lights Home Light Select time interval Remote Start Climate Heater . 10 or 15 minutes Quiet Start On or Off System Enable or Disable Tire Mobility Select — Kit number of years MyKey Create MyKey Hold OK to — Create MyKey Traction Always On or — Control User Select- able 98 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. enUSA.

• Press the OK button to choose and confirm your selection. • Press the right arrow button to enter a sub-menu. enUSA. you can choose E179398 from the following categories: 99 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. • Press the left arrow button to exit a menu. Information Displays Settings Max Speed Choose — desired speed or off Speed Choose — Warning desired speed or off Volume On or Off — Limiter Clear MyKeys Hold OK to — Clear All MyKeys Display Language Select the — desired language Units Distance Select the desired units of measure Temperature Fahrenheit (°F) or Celsius (°C) Brake Coach On or Off — Regen Active On or Off — Charge Assist On or Off — Driving History Hold OK to — Reset • Press the up and down arrow buttons Right Information Display Controls to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu. Main menu From the main menu bar on the right side of the information display. First Printing .

2 or 6 minutes. Shown at less than half full. the color is amber. Note: The information display will remember the menu level 2 state when you change the individual key state from the RUN to the OFF position. When the bars are interval being the most recent. then recommends the most historical fuel economy data and average efficient use of energy under present fuel economy. Fuel Economy Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Efficiency Leaves Help — — Fuel History Duration 5. economy. enUSA. The historical data conditions. indicate a change in your driving efficiency. the better your fuel shown to the right. braking and cruising instantaneous fuel economy gauge. The blue horizontal line minutes. Information Displays Entertainment Phone See your SYNC information. Leaves and vines will Note: Hold OK to reset average fuel occasionally appear and disappear to economy. with the leftmost when at least half full. behavior. You can select Efficiency Leaves total duration in the options menu. Coach Fuel History This view provides a comparison of your From left to right this view includes an recent acceleration. See your SYNC information. First Printing . 100 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Navigation or Compass Fuel Economy See your SYNC information. Efficiency leaves indicate short term driving Intervals shown in grey color are from the efficiency measured over the last few previous drive. The horizontal bars fill from left represents an average over time intervals to right with best behavior and appear blue of either 1. The more leaves and vines that represents the average fuel economy value appear on the display. the bottom of the view is the total time suggesting that you need a change in your driving behavior to achieve better energy efficiency. Use the up or down arrow buttons to choose between the following display options. 10 or 30 minutes — (Instantaneous Fuel Economy + Fuel Help — — Economy History + Avg Fuel Economy) Coach Help — — duration for the 5 intervals.

Note: Average fuel economy cannot be Certain messages need to be confirmed reset in MyView. Average Fuel Economy Average Fuel Economy is continuously averaged since the last reset. your have. equipped with your vehicle. time. They are also included in Fuel History on the right information display. Instantaneous Fuel Economy If your instantaneous fuel economy is greater than the maximum value displayed. Certain measure of appropriate driving behavior. For remove some messages from the Energi vehicles both Hybrid and Plug-in information display. You can reset E130248 your average fuel economy by pressing and holding the OK button on the Press the OK button to acknowledge and corresponding steering wheel controls. For messages may be abbreviated or shortened example. when driving uphill and depending upon which cluster type you maintaining an appropriate speed. MyView (if selected) and Fuel Economy (shown in Hybrid Mode) on the left information display. Empower. accelerator and accessories. 101 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. enUSA. not all of the Note: Fuel economy is not always a messages display or are available. a + sign will be shown next to the maximum scale number. EV will display and the gauge fill will show in blue. Other messages are Power mode operation will be included in be removed automatically after a short the calculation. as well as environmental Note: Depending on the vehicle options conditions such as hills and weather. instant fuel economy may not be good (losing leaves) but the Coach may show a blue bar for Acceleration and Cruising. before you can access the menus. Information Displays Note: Fuel Economy will be impacted by INFORMATION MESSAGES your use of brakes. First Printing . Common Displays Both Average fuel economy and an instantaneous fuel economy gauge are included in Engage. When your vehicle is operating on battery power only.

tion EV Now Not Available EV Now is unavailable. Information Displays AdvanceTrac® Message Action Service AdvanceTrac Displayed when the system has detected a condition that requires service. EV Now Battery You selected EV Now mode with the EV button. Unplug Prior to Starting Your vehicle detects it is still plugged in and you attempt to Vehicle start it. Ready to Drive Your vehicle is ready to drive. You have XXX% plug-in energy Charged available. 102 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Battery and Charging System (High Voltage) Message Action Vehicle Plugged In ? Yes Your vehicle needs confirmation it is unplugged before No allowing a start. See Anti-Theft Alarm (page 66). Energy Reserved Auto EV Normal Opera. ized entry. First Printing . enUSA. Alarm Message Action Vehicle Alarm To Stop Displays when the alarm has been triggered due to unauthor- Alarm.You selected Auto EV mode with the EV button. Powered EV Later XX% Plug-in You selected EV Later mode with the EV button. You must make sure your vehicle is unplugged and you respond to the message prompt before starting your vehicle. Start Vehicle. Ready to Drive XXX% Your vehicle is ready to drive. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Fuel Message Action Fuel Level Low An early reminder of a low fuel condition. Press OK to Enable You can press OK to enable the engine temporarily for Engine increased performance when in EV Now mode. See Fuel Quality (page 144). Contact your Available authorized dealer. See Hill Start Assist (page 165). Hill Start Assist Message Action Hill Start Assist Not Displays when hill start assist is not available. Fuel Freshness Engine EV functionality is disabled and the engine is running to may run to maintain fuel maintain fuel freshness. Fuel Door Open The fuel system has finished depressurizing and you can begin to refuel. This is normal operation. Liftgate Ajar Displays when the liftgate is not completely closed. First Printing . Displays when the door(s) listed is not completely closed. Engine Enabled for Your vehicle enables the engine for system performance. enUSA. This System Performance is normal operation. 103 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Doors Message Action X Door Ajar Displays when the door(s) listed is not completely closed and the vehicle is moving. Close Fuel Door A reminder to close the fuel door. Refuel Error See Manual There is an error in attempting to refill your vehicle. freshness Fuel Door Opening Wait for up to 15 seconds while the fuel system depressurizes. Information Displays Message Action Engine Enabled Due to Your vehicle enables the engine due to the climate control Defrost Setting defrost setting.

Place Key in Backup Displayed as needed by the system for proper function. See Plug- In Hybrid Vehicle Operation (page 137). enUSA. Restart Now or Key is Displayed when the start/stop button is pressed to shut off Needed the engine and a Intelligent Access Key is not detected inside the vehicle. Could Not Program Displayed when an attempt is made to program a spare key Integrated Key using two existing MyKeys. See Plug- In Hybrid Vehicle Operation (page 137). No Key Detected Displayed if the key is not detected by the system. Active To START Press Brake Displayed as a reminder to press the brake while starting the vehicle. First Printing . Key Inside vehicle Displays to remind you that the key is in the luggage compartment. 104 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Press Brake + Start Displayed as a reminder to apply the brake and push the start Button button to start the vehicle. See Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation (page 137). when an intelligent Total access key is programmed to the system. See your authorized dealer for service. Max Number of Keys Displayed during spare key programming when the maximum Learned number of keys have been programmed. Key Not Inside vehicle Displays if the key is not detected by the system. Information Displays Keys and Intelligent Access Message Action Starting System Fault This message is displayed when there is a problem with your vehicle’s starting system. Location Key Programmed x Keys Displayed during spare key programming. Accessory Power is Displayed when the vehicle is in the Accessory ignition state.

105 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. MyKey Active Drive Displays when MyKey is active. Motor Coolant Over Displays when the motor coolant temperature is excessively Temperature high. Contact your authorized dealer. See your authorized dealer. Safely Near Vehicle Top Speed Displays when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on and the vehicle speed is approaching 80 mph (130 km/h). turn off the engine. See Engine Oil Check (page 222). See Manual Informs the driver that the powertrain needs service due to a powertrain malfunction. Check the oil level. Service Tire Mobility Kit Displayed when the kit needs service. Brake Fluid Level Low Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system should be inspected immediately. Engine ON Due to Low Displays when EV functionality is disabled and the engine is Use Normal Operation running to maintain oil quality. Engine Coolant Over Displays when the engine coolant temperature is excessively Temperature high. See Engine Oil Check (page 222). enUSA. Stop the vehicle in a safe place. MyKey Message Action MyKey not Created Displayed during key programming when MyKey cannot be programmed. If the warning stays on or continues to come on with your engine running. See Brake Fluid Check (page 227). contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Check Brake System Displays when the brake system needs servicing. Change Engine Oil Soon Displayed when the engine oil life remaining is 10% or less. First Printing . Oil Change Required Displayed when the oil life left reaches 0%. Information Displays Maintenance Message Action Low Engine Oil Pressure Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible. See Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation (page 137).

MyKey Park Aid Cannot Displays when a MyKey is in use and park aid is activated. Rear Park Aid On Off Displays the park aid status. Check Front Park Aid Displays when the system has detected a condition that requires attention. Check Rear Park Aid Displays when the system has detected a condition that requires attention. the engine is running and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph (5 km/h). First Printing . If the warning stays on after the parking brake is released. See Principle of Operation (page 170). Displays when a MyKey is in use and Traction control is MyKey Setting activated. Contact your authorized dealer. Park Brake Message Action Park Brake Engaged Displays when the parking brake is set. Contact your authorized dealer. contact your authorized dealer. 106 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. See Principle of Operation (page 170). Safely Buckle Up to Unmute Displays when a MyKey is in use and Belt-Minder is activated. enUSA. See Prin- ciple of Operation (page 170). Information Displays Message Action Vehicle at Top Speed of Displays when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is MyKey Setting reached. See Prin- ciple of Operation (page 170). Park Aid Fault Displays when the system has detected a condition that requires service. be Deactivated Park Aid Message Action Check Park Aid Displays when the system has detected a condition that requires service. Check Speed Drive Displays when MyKey is active. Audio Traction Control On .

enUSA. Stop the vehicle a Safely safe place. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 270). Tire Pressure Monitor Displays when the tire pressure monitoring system is Fault malfunctioning. or Fault your spare tire is in use. Tire Pressure Sensor Displayed when a tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning. contact your authorized dealer. If the warning stays on or continues to come on. Steering Loss Stop The power steering system is not working. If the warning stays on or continues to come on. See your authorized dealer. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 270). Remote Start Message Action Remote Start Active Displayed when the remote start system is active. 107 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. First Printing . Contact your authorized dealer. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 270). Information Displays Power Steering Message Action Steering Fault Service The power steering system has detected a condition that Now requires service. Transmission Message Action Transmission Not in Park Displays as a reminder to shift into park. Tire Pressure Monitoring System Message Action Tire Pressure Low Displays when one or more tires on your vehicle have low tire pressure. contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.

You can also use this setting to defrost and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice. Note: To prevent window fogging. air conditioning operation. Outside air flows through the windshield vents. D MAX Defrost: Press to switch on defrost. air conditioning automatically turns on. and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed. First Printing . Adjust to select the desired temperature. Climate Control AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL E141422 A AUTO: Press to switch on automatic operation. This can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle. E MAX A/C: Press for maximum cooling. The air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. Note: Recirculated air may also turn on and off automatically in instrument panel or instrument panel and floor airflow modes during hot weather to improve cooling efficiency. You can also switch off dual zone mode by pressing and holding for more than two seconds. you cannot select recirculated air when maximum defrost is on. Recirculated air flows through the instrument panel vents. When the system is off. enUSA. C Power: Press to switch the system on and off. B Fan speed control: Adjust the volume of air circulated in the vehicle. and fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed. The heated rear window also automatically turns on when you select maximum defrost. 108 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. and outside or recirculated air are automatically adjusted to heat or cool the vehicle to maintain the desired temperature. F Recirculated air: Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air. it prevents outside air from entering the vehicle. Fan speed. air distribution. air conditioning automatically turns on.

109 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. the air conditioning compressor may continue to operate even though the air conditioning is switched off. maximum defrost). The temperature on the driver’s side remains unchanged. The (16°C) and 86°F (30°C) in steps of 1°F passenger side temperature is adjusted to (0. The display shows the temperature settings for each side. If you adjust the setting using the rotary control Prolonged use of recirculated air may on the driver’s side. system switches to permanent cooling. the the driver side temperature setting. Climate Control G Air distribution control: Adjust to turn airflow from the windshield. the system switches to permanent heating. follow the settings passenger’s side. You can now adjust the driver's side and passenger's side temperatures independently. In position HI. and floor. 86°F (30°C). Switching Back to Single Zone E133115 Temperature Control You can set the temperature between 61°F Press and hold the AUTO button. First Printing . windshield/floor. To improve the time to reach a comfortable temperature in hot weather. or footwell vents on or off. drive with the windows open until you feel cold air through the air vents. the climate control system General Hints links the temperature settings for both the WARNING driver's side and passenger's side. the system adjusts the cause the windows to fog up. Note: In certain conditions (for example. H A/C: Press to switch the air conditioning on or off.5°C). Single zone temperature control automatically switches off. panel. Dual Zone Temperature Control Temperature Control Select a temperature for the passenger’s side using the rotary control on the passenger’s side. Note: You may feel a small amount of air from the footwell air vents regardless of the air distribution setting. for demisting the windshield. If the temperature to the same setting on the windows fog up. 59°F (15°C). You can distribute air through the following combinations: windshield. panel/floor. In position LO. HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE INTERIOR CLIMATE Single Zone Temperature Control In this mode. Air conditioning cools your vehicle using outside air. enUSA. instrument panel.

the instrument panel and side air vents should 3. Adjust the temperature control to the be fully open. Press the AUTO button. then adjust the setting Automatic Climate Control as necessary. When the interior reaches the selected Note: Do not place objects under the front temperature. desired setting. Press the defrost and panel buttons. Cooling the Interior Quickly • Set the air distribution to panel or floor (or both). ice or leaves from Heating the Interior Quickly the air intake area at the base of the windshield. Press the AUTO button. Use 72°F (22°C) as a starting point. Note: To improve the time to reach a 2. desired setting. selected temperature as quickly as possible. the system automatically seats as this may interfere with the airflow switches to using outside air. enUSA. you can improve your fuel economy when using the climate control 1. 110 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. For the system to function efficiently. Press the MAX A/C button. then adjust the setting Note: If you select AUTO during cold as necessary. then adjust the setting so the interior temperature is set to as necessary. Adjust the temperature control to the comfortable temperature in hot weather. 59°F (15°C). recirculated air to maximize interior cooling. Note: Remove any snow. Recommended Settings for Cooling • Press the recirculated air button so fresh air enters the vehicle. Adjust the temperature control to the its lowest setting. to the rear seats. drive with the windows open until you feel Recommended Settings for cold air through the air vents. the fan may run at a setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a starting point. Adjust the fan speed to a high speed vents. Select A/C. 2. Adjust the temperature control to the conditioning: desired setting. First Printing . Note: Adjusting the settings when your Side Window Defogging in Cold vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is Weather not necessary. Heating In mild weather. system by using outside air instead of air 2. • Press A/C to turn the air conditioning off. Climate Control Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside Note: If you select AUTO during hot outside your vehicle. Press the AUTO button. The system automatically adjusts to heat or cool the interior to your 1. or when the inside of the switched off or with recirculated air always vehicle is hot. the system directs airflow to the windshield and side window 4. outside temperatures. 1. slower speed until the engine warms up. • Press the fan button until the fan is at 2. do not drive with the system temperatures. In addition. desired setting. 1. Use 72°F (22°C) as a • Turn the temperature control knob(s) starting point. the system automatically uses switched on.

To increase the airflow to the outer Your vehicle is equipped with a cabin air instrument panel vents. Running Press the button to clear the the system without a filter in place could heated rear window of thin ice and fog. REMOTE START (If Equipped) Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped) The remote start feature allows you to When you switch the heated rear window pre-condition the interior of your vehicle. or to replace the filter. which gives you and your passengers vents in the middle of the instrument the following benefits: panel and in the rear of the center • It improves your driving comfort by console. remote start operation. 6. First Printing . on. Heated Rear Window Note: Make sure you have a cabin air filter The heated rear window button installed at all times. • It improves the interior compartment HEATED WINDOWS AND cleanliness. from the inside of the heated rear window. achieve comfort according to your previous Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors settings. You can now make petroleum-based cleaning products. See Note: Do not use razor blades or other Maintenance (page 218). Note: Make sure the engine is running Your cabin air filter is located under the before operating the heated windows. objects from entering the system. see an authorized The vehicle warranty does not cover dealer. adjustments normally. damage caused to the heated rear window grid lines. Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or Turn the ignition on to return the system glass with harsh abrasives. the heated exterior mirrors will The climate control system works to automatically turn on. close the air filter. MIRRORS • It protects the climate control components from particle deposits. Climate Control 5. This prevents foreign E72507 is below the climate control unit. 111 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. instrument panel in the passenger footwell area. Direct the outer instrument panel air CABIN AIR FILTER vents toward the side windows. reducing particle concentration. • Cooled seats. result in degradation or damage to the The heated rear window will automatically system. fuel or other to its previous settings. Replace the filter at regular intervals. sharp objects to clean or remove decals For additional cabin air filter information. such as: • Heated seats. enUSA. but you need to turn certain vehicle-dependent features back on. turn off after a short period of time. with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass Note: You cannot adjust the system during when it is frozen in place.

Climate Control

• Heated steering wheel.
• Heated mirrors.
• Heated rear window.
You can adjust the default remote start
settings using the information display
controls. See Information Displays
(page 93).

Automatic Settings
In hot weather, the system is set to 72°F
(22°C). The cooled seats are set to high
(if available, and selected to AUTO in the
information display).
In moderate weather, the system either
heats or cools (based on previous
settings). The rear defroster, heated
mirrors and heated seats do not
automatically turn on.
In cold weather, the system is set to 72°F
(22°C). The heated seats are set to high
(if available, and selected to AUTO in the
information display). The rear defroster
and heated mirrors automatically turn on.

112

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

Seats

SITTING IN THE CORRECT We recommend that you follow these
guidelines:
POSITION
• Sit in an upright position with the base
of your spine as far back as possible.
WARNINGS
Sitting improperly, out of position or • Do not recline the seatback more than
with the seatback reclined too far 30 degrees.
can take weight off the seat cushion • Adjust the head restraint so that the
and affect the decision of the passenger top of it is level with the top of your
sensing system, resulting in serious injury head and as far forward as possible.
or death in the event of a crash. Always sit Make sure that you remain
upright against your seat back, with your comfortable.
feet on the floor. • Keep sufficient distance between
Do not recline the seatback as this yourself and the steering wheel. We
can cause the occupant to slide recommend a minimum of 10 in
under the safety belt, resulting in (25 cm) between your breastbone and
serious injury in the event of a crash. the airbag cover.
Do not place objects higher than the • Hold the steering wheel with your arms
seatback to reduce the risk of serious slightly bent.
injury in the event of a crash or during • Bend your legs slightly so that you can
heavy braking. press the pedals fully.
• Position the shoulder strap of the
safety belt over the center of your
shoulder and position the lap strap
tightly across your hips.
Make sure that your driving position is
comfortable and that you can maintain full
control of your vehicle.

HEAD RESTRAINTS
WARNINGS
Fully adjust the head restraint before
you sit in or operate your vehicle. This
will help minimize the risk of neck
E68595
injury in the event of a crash. Do not adjust
When you use them properly, the seat, the head restraint when your vehicle is
head restraint, safety belt and airbags will moving.
provide optimum protection in the event The head restraint is a safety device.
of a crash. Whenever possible it should be
installed and properly adjusted when
the seat is occupied. An improperly
adjusted head restraint may not
adequately protect an occupant during an
impact from the rear.

113

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

Seats

WARNINGS The head restraints consist of:
Install the head restraint properly to A An energy absorbing head
help minimize the risk of neck injury restraint.
in the event of a crash.
B Two steel stems.
Note: Adjust the seatback to an upright C Guide sleeve adjust and unlock
driving position before adjusting the head button.
restraint. Adjust the head restraint so that D Guide sleeve unlock and remove
the top of it is level with the top of your head button.
and as far forward as possible. Make sure
that you remain comfortable. If you are
extremely tall, adjust the head restraint to Adjusting the Head Restraint
its highest position.
Raising the Head Restraint
Front seat head restraint
Pull the head restraint up.

Lowering the Head Restraint
1. Press and hold button C.
2. Push the head restraint down.

Removing the Head Restraint
1. Pull the head restraint up until it
reaches its highest position.
2. Press and hold buttons C and D.
E138642 3. Pull the head restraint up.

Rear center seat head restraint Installing the Head Restraint
Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves
and push the head restraint down until it
locks.

E138645

114

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

Seats

Rear Seat Outboard Head Restraints

E162605

The head restraints consist of: E144727

A An energy absorbing head 1. Adjust the seatback to an upright
restraint. driving or riding position.
B Two steel stems. 2. Pivot the head restraint forward toward
your head to the desired position.
C Guide sleeve unlock and remove
button. After the head restraint reaches the
forward-most tilt position, pivot it forward
D Fold button. again to release it to the rearward, un-tilted
position.
Removing the Head Restraint
1. Press and hold buttons C. MANUAL SEATS
2. Pull the head restraint up.
WARNING
Installing the Head Restraint To reduce the risk of injury, do not
Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves adjust the driver's seat or seatback
and push the head restraint down until it when your vehicle is moving.
locks.

Folding the Head Restraint
1. Press and hold button D.
2. Pull it back up to reset.

Tilting Head Restraints
The front head restraints tilt for extra
comfort. To tilt the head restraint, do the
following:

115

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

Seats

Moving the Seat Backward and Adjusting the Height of the
Forward Driver's Seat

E70730

Recline Adjustment

E162375

WARNING
Rock the seat backward and forward
after releasing the lever to make sure
that it is fully engaged.

E163872

116

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

Seats

WARNING POWER SEATS (If Equipped)
Do not place cargo or any objects
behind the seatback before returning WARNINGS
it to the original position. Pull on the Do not adjust the driver's seat or
seatback to make sure that it has fully seatback when your vehicle is
latched after returning the seatback to its moving. Adjusting your seatback
original position. An unlatched seat may while your vehicle is in motion may cause
become dangerous if you stop suddenly or loss of control of your vehicle.
have a crash.
Do not place cargo or any objects
behind the seatback before returning
Lumbar Adjustment (If Equipped) it to the original position.

E161564

117

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

Seats

E138647

118

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

enUSA. With the seat empty. 2. First Printing . 119 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Unfolding the Seatback Rotate the seatback upward until the seatback latches to return the seat to the upright position. press the button on the outboard side of each rear outboard headrest to fold them. Seats Power Lumbar (If Equipped) REAR SEATS E138648 E155554 Folding the Seatback 1. Make sure the rear center headrest is in the full down position. Pull the lever up on the outboard side of the seat to fold the seat.

especially if used for long periods of time. Do not do the following: • Place heavy objects on the seat. must exercise care when using the heated seat. Seats HEATED SEATS (If Equipped) REAR SEAT ARMREST (If Equipped) WARNING People who are unable to feel pain to their skin because of advanced age. medication. the heating element which may cause the heated seat to overheat. Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat. First Printing . enUSA. chronic illness. This may damage and cupholder. An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury. exhaustion or other physical conditions. The heated seat may cause burns even at low temperatures. diabetes. This E138656 may cause the heated seat to overheat. needles Fold the armrest down to use the armrest or other pointed objects. Do not puncture the seat with pins. alcohol use. such as a blanket or cushion. • Operate the heated seats unless the engine is running. • Operate the heated seat if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat. Allow the seat to dry thoroughly. spinal cord injury. 120 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Doing so can cause the battery to lose charge. E138653 Adjust the control to the desired heat setting.

Do not program the system with the vehicle in the garage. See Erasing the Function Note: Put a new battery in the hand-held Button Codes.youtube.com. A garage door opener which cannot detect a garage door opener and a platform for an object. transmitter. Universal Garage Door Opener (If Equipped) HomeLink Wireless Control System WARNINGS Make sure that the garage door and security device are free from obstruction when you are programming.homelink.com/HomeLinkGentex or programming. See Erasing the Function This process is to program your hand-held Button Codes. transmitter and your in-vehicle HomeLink button. Using a garage door garage doors. As well as being programmed for safety standards. current settings. security systems. The system includes two primary features. signaling the door to stop and remote activation of devices within the reverse.S. Note: You can program a maximum of three devices. Note: We recommend that upon the sale or lease termination of your vehicle. Note: Make sure you keep the original Additional system information can be remote control transmitter for use in other found online at www. To change or replace any of Note: The programming steps below the three devices after it has been initially assume you will be programming HomeLink programmed. the system transmitter can opener without these features increases be programmed to operate entry gate the risk of serious injury or death. vehicles as well as for future system www. Federal Safety that is integrated into the driver’s sun visor. you must first erase the that was not previously programmed. does not meet current federal home. First Printing . 1982). E142657 Do not use the system with any The universal garage door opener replaces garage door opener that does not the common hand-held garage door have the safety stop and reverse opener with a three-button transmitter feature as required by U. Standards (this includes any garage door opener manufactured before April 1. 121 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. you In-Vehicle Programming erase the programmed function buttons for security reasons. This will ensure quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal. operators. by calling the toll-free help line on 1-800-355-3515. entry door locks and home or office lighting. enUSA.

difficulties programming your gate operator or garage door opener. Return to your vehicle.com. See Programming Your Garage Door Opener Motor. repeat Steps 1 – 4. When the indicator light flashes rapidly. simultaneously. No further want to program for 2 seconds.youtube. Hold your hand-held garage door transmitter 2–6 in (5–14 cm) away from the HomeLink button you want to program. turn your ignition to the on unit and you may need to remove the cover position. press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand-held transmitter button. First Printing . With your vehicle parked outside of the Note: You may need a ladder to reach the garage. Note: You may need to use a different method if you live in Canada or have 2. Depending on your brand of garage door opener. Repeat this step. 30 seconds to complete the next two steps. For questions or comments. a third time.homelink. If your garage door does not operate. or lamp lens on your garage door opener. 4. then release. You may need to do this twice to activate the door. Programming Your Garage Door E142658 Opener Motor 1. Press and hold the function button you programming is complete. Press the learn button on the garage buttons may be released. DO NOT release either one until the HomeLink indicator light flashes E142659 slowly and then rapidly. but do not start your vehicle. the 3. 3. 2. the HomeLink button is not programmed yet. If the indicator light flashes rapidly for 2 you may need to repeat this sequence seconds and then turns to a constant light. The rapid door opener motor and then you have flashing indicates successful training. Using both hands. then action is needed. Press and hold the HomeLink button you programmed for two seconds. please contact HomeLink at www. E142658 If the indicator light stays on. www. watch the HomeLink indicator light. both 1. See Gate Operator / Canadian Programming. release. Universal Garage Door Opener (If Equipped) To program additional buttons. 122 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America.com/HomeLinkGentex or 1-800-355-3515. enUSA.

Press and hold the outer two function Programming buttons simultaneously for approximately 20 seconds until the Canadian radio-frequency laws require indicator lights above the buttons flash transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit) rapidly. See In-Vehicle Programming. release HomeLink to pick up the signal during the buttons. must already be programmed to operate with the garage door opener. Note: If programming a garage door opener To program a device to a previously trained or gate operator. The codes for all buttons programming. follow these steps: device during the “cycling” process to 1. Universal Garage Door Opener (If Equipped) Gate Operator / Canadian 1. Note: To program HomeLink to the transmitter you must first put the transmitter into programming mode. Press and hold the desired button. NOT release the button.com. after several seconds of transmission – which may not be long enough for 2. your hand-held transmitter button. First Printing . When the indicator lights flash. changes from a slow to a rapidly blinking light. Release both the HomeLink and www. Do prevent possible overheating. Press and hold the HomeLink button 2.S. The indicator light will begin to flash while you press and release.youtube. Without releasing the seconds. follow Step 1 in the until the HomeLink indicator light Programming section. Programming to a Genie Intellicode 2 Garage Door Opener Erasing the Function Button Codes Note: The Genie Intellicode 2 transmitter Note: You cannot erase individual buttons. contact HomeLink at www. every two after 20 seconds. For questions or comments. 1-800-355-3515. are erased. it is advised to unplug the button. Continue programing HomeLink. enUSA. 1. E142660 123 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. some U. 3. 2. Similar to this Canadian law. gate operators are designed to Reprogramming a Single Button “time-out” in the same manner.com/HomeLinkGentex or hand-held transmitter buttons.homelink.

Universal Garage Door Opener (If Equipped) 1. Press the same button twice to confirm the change to programming mode. The indicator light on the smaller round indicator light should be visor will flash rapidly when the on. Green indicator light 1. Press and hold the previously programmed Genie button on the hand-held transmitter for 10 seconds. programming is successful. If done correctly the indicator light will turn green. Red indicator light B. If completed in 30 seconds. If done properly the indicator light will appear red. the Genie transmitter indicator light displays green and red. program within 30 seconds the Genie Note: The next two steps must be transmitter will need to be pressed again. Hold the transmitter within 1–3 inches E142662 (2–8 centimeters) of the button on the visor you want to program. 1. programmed button. 3. The indicator light will change from green to red and green. Note: The Genie transmitter will transmit The larger purple indicator light will for up to 30 seconds. Genie button on the hand-held transmitter and the button you want 2. 2. The indicator light will change from red to red and green. Both indicator lights on the garage door opener motor Once HomeLink has been programmed unit should now flash purple. Release the program button. Press and hold one of the buttons on the hand-held transmitter for 10 seconds. Press and release the program button. release the button until the 4. A. Only the to program. Press and release the Genie Intellicode indicator light turns off before pressing the 2 hand-held transmitter’s previously button again. successfully. First Printing . To do this: 124 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. 2. Programming HomeLink to the Genie A B Intellicode Garage Door Opener Motor E142661 Note: You may need a ladder to access the garage door opener motor. 3. Press and hold both the programmed both blue indicator lights turn on. Press the same button twice to confirm the change. enUSA. If HomeLink does not flash. the Genie transmitter must be changed out of program mode. Press and hold the program button on the garage door opener motor until 4.

FCC and RSS-210 Industry Canada Compliance This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. including interference that may cause undesired operation. and the indicator light should blink slowly to indicate the device is in train mode when any of the three HomeLink buttons are pressed. Clearing a HomeLink Device To erase programming from the three HomeLink buttons press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash. Universal Garage Door Opener (If Equipped) 5. Programming is now complete. and (2) this device must accept any interference received. First Printing . The indicator light will begin flashing in 10 to 20 seconds. Press and hold the previously programmed button on the visor for 2 seconds. 125 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference. Repeat this step up to 3 times until the garage door moves. at which time both buttons should be released. enUSA. Programming has now been erased. Changes or modifications to your device not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance can void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

Note: Always keep the power point caps closed when not in use. 126 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. and can result in fire • Inside the luggage compartment. or serious injury. First Printing . It is a fuse may blow. Note: Depending on your vehicle. Incorrect use of the cigar • Inside the center console. and can result in fire or serious the device is not in use. the power point cover may open to the right or upward. any extension cord with the 110 volt AC power point. Note: The power point will turn off when Note: Do not hang any accessory from the the ignition is switched off or the battery accessory plug. you protection design. Doing so may cause the can use the socket to power 12 volt power point to overload due to powering appliances with a maximum current rating multiple devices that can reach beyond of 15 amps. enUSA. Incorrect WARNING use of the power points can cause Do not keep electrical devices damage not covered by the vehicle plugged in the power point whenever warranty. • Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when you park your vehicle for extended periods. on the rear of the center console. To prevent the battery from running out of charge: • Do not use the power point longer than E193395 necessary when the vehicle is not running. voltage drops below 11 volts. This will damage the power point and blow the fuse. Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the power point. socket. since it will defeat the safety Note: When you switch the ignition on. switch the ignition on. Do not use injury. Do not insert objects other than an accessory plug into the power point. the 150 watt load limit and could result in If the power supply does not work after you fire or serious injury. Note: Do not use the power point over the Use the power point for powering electric vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or devices that require up to 150 watts. 110 Volt AC Power Point (If Equipped) Do not use a power point for operating a cigar lighter. switch the ignition off. lighter can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. Auxiliary Power Points 12 Volt DC Power Point Locations WARNINGS Power points may be in the following Do not plug optional electrical locations: accessories into the cigar lighter • On the front of the center console.

the ignition is on and a device is plugged in. the ignition is off or no device is plugged in. Do not use the power point for certain electric devices. • Motor loads. Auxiliary Power Points When the indicator light on the power point is: • On: The power point is working. 127 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. enUSA. Switch the ignition back on and make sure the indicator light remains on. Let the system cool off and switch the ignition off to reset the fault mode. • Other appliances requiring an extremely stable power supply such as microcomputer-controlled electric blankets or touch-sensor lamps. but do not plug your device back in. First Printing . such as medical equipment or measuring equipment. including: • Cathode-ray. tube-type televisions. which process precise data. electric saws and other electric power tools or compressor-driven refrigerators. • Off: The power point is off. • Measuring devices. • Flashing: The power point is in fault mode. The power outlet temporarily turns off power when in fault mode if the device exceeds the 150 watt limit. Unplug your device and switch the ignition off. Switch the ignition back on. such as vacuum cleaners.

USB port and media hub. Available console features include: A B C E142433 A Cup holder. B Storage compartment with auxiliary power point. First Printing . enUSA. Stow items in the cup holder carefully as items may become loose during hard braking. acceleration or crashes. Storage Compartments CENTER CONSOLE Press near the rear edge of the door to open it. OVERHEAD CONSOLE E131605 128 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. including hot drinks which may spill. C Auxiliary power point.

II (on) . vehicle. Always battery to lose charge. You can disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period. The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust 0 (off) . system. or electronic devices such as cellular phones.The ignition is off. must realign itself with the engine. characteristics for approximately 5 miles III (start) . avoid pressing the accelerator pedal before and during Note: A valid key must be located inside operation.Allows the electrical accessories. Do not drive your vehicle if position for too long. This could cause your vehicle Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Note: When you switch the ignition off and Do not start the vehicle in a closed leave your vehicle. creating the risk of fire or other damage. I (accessory) . enUSA. your vehicle. KEYLESS STARTING (If Equipped) The powertrain control system meets all Canadian interference-causing equipment Note: The keyless starting system may not standard requirements regulating the function if the key is close to metal objects impulse electrical field or radio noise. vehicle battery to lose charge.starts the vehicle into Ready to (8 kilometers) after you reconnect it. do not leave your key in garage or in other enclosed areas. 129 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. to operate If you smell exhaust fumes inside while the engine is not running. idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground E72128 cover. open the garage door before you start the vehicle. Only use the accelerator pedal your vehicle to switch the ignition on and when you have difficulty starting the start the vehicle. have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer Note: Do not leave the ignition key in this immediately. such as the radio. the ignition. This Drive mode (indicated by the green "Ready is because the engine management system to Drive" icon on the instrument cluster). creating the risk of fire. Starting and Stopping the Engine GENERAL INFORMATION IGNITION SWITCH WARNINGS Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system. your vehicle operational and the warning lamps and may exhibit some unusual driving indicators illuminate. This could cause your you smell exhaust fumes. Do not park. When you start the vehicle.All electrical circuits are If you disconnect the battery. First Printing .

• Turn the ignition key to position II. press and release the button once. or until the vehicle starts. 130 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. when the ignition is in the on mode. Before starting the vehicle. If the engine idle speed does not slow down automatically. see the following instructions. this helps to warm up the engine. • Off: Turns the ignition off. your vehicle is equipped with a keyless press and release the button once ignition. Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal. wait for a short period and try again. vehicle starts. Release the key when the • Without applying the brake pedal. Drive mode (indicated by the green "Ready to Drive" icon on the instrument Note: If you cannot start the vehicle on the cluster). • Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off. 1. or when the vehicle is on but not Vehicles with an Ignition Key moving. 2. Fully press the brake pedal. Note: Cranking may last for up to 15 • Start: Starts the vehicle into Ready to seconds. • On: All electrical circuits are 1. E142555 • Make sure the parking brake is on. have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer. Press the button. turns on. the idle speed increases. The keyless starting system has three • Move the transmission selector lever modes: to position P. when the vehicle starts. operational and the warning lamps and indicators illuminate. enUSA. 2. Fully press the brake pedal. Starting and Stopping the Engine Ignition Modes STARTING A GASOLINE ENGINE When the engine starts for the first time on your drive. The engine may not start first try. If • Without applying the brake pedal. Turn the key to position III to start the vehicle. check the following: • Make sure all occupants have fastened their safety belts. First Printing . and then press the button until the vehicle Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal. Vehicles with Keyless Start • Press the brake pedal.

First Printing . Vehicles with Keyless Start 1. enUSA. After 20 seconds have expired. Since your vehicle is equipped ignition on and start your vehicle. do off. • The key battery has no charge. switching it off. Move the transmission selector lever to position P. the engine may not start at the time of the vehicle start. The fast restart feature allows you to The system does not function if: restart the vehicle within 20 seconds of • The key frequencies are jammed. all electrical circuits. Move the transmission selector lever to position P. Once the vehicle has started. See Fast Restart Hybrid Vehicle Operation (page 135). press the brake pedal and press the the following: button. Press the button once. you 3-button remote can no longer restart the vehicle without the key present inside your vehicle. You cannot restart the vehicle if the system does not detect a valid key within 20 seconds. If you open and close a door while the vehicle is running. the system searches for a valid key. warning lamps and indicators. with a silent key start. even if the system does not detect a valid key. Starting and Stopping the Engine Note: The green ready indicator illuminates 2. 3. 131 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. With the key in this position. Apply the parking brake. you can letting you know that the vehicle is ready use the start button to switch the for driving. Switching Off the Vehicle When It Is Stationary Vehicles with an Ignition Key E145988 1. even if a valid key is not present. E142874 1. Apply the parking brake. Hold the key next to the steering column as shown. Note: This switches off the ignition. it remains running until you press the button. Within 20 seconds of switching the vehicle If you are unable to start the vehicle. Turn the key to position 0. 2. 5-button remote 2. 3.

bring your vehicle to a safe stop. warning lamps and effects. Carbon will be required. could damage the power cable and may cause an electrical short resulting in fire. or allow second. When your vehicle has stopped. you can shift Important Ventilating Information into neutral (N) and re-start the engine. Note: The heater is most effective when outdoor temperatures are below 0°F (-18°C). switched off. This 4. Apply the parking brake. of electrical shock. immediately. 2. some electrical circuits. First Printing . Do not use your heater with 2. Take precautions to avoid its dangerous including air bags.5 cm). using the engine block heater. bring your vehicle to a safe stop. If you stop your vehicle and leave it idling Vehicles with an Ignition Key for long periods. move the transmission selector lever to position P and turn the key to position ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (If 0. Move the transmission selector lever • Open the windows at least 1 in to position N and use the brakes to (2. or press it three times within it to drop under its own weight when two seconds. If the ignition was turned off accidentally. Press and hold the button for one Do not fully close the hood. Vehicles with Keyless Start WARNINGS Failure to follow engine block heater 1. When the ignition is monoxide is present in exhaust fumes. 132 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. When your vehicle has stopped. Do not drive your vehicle if The steering will not lock. • Set your climate control to outside air. Equipped) 3. indicators may also be off. injury and property damage. There is a risk position P. 3. but higher effort you smell exhaust fumes. have your vehicle vehicle is still moving will result in a checked by your authorized dealer loss of brake and steering assistance. move ungrounded electrical systems or the transmission selector lever to two-pronged adapters. we recommend that you do one of the following: 1. enUSA. Starting and Stopping the Engine Switching Off the Vehicle When It Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes Is Moving WARNING WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside Switching off the engine when the your vehicle. Apply the parking brake. Move the transmission selector lever instructions could result in property to position N and use the brakes to damage or serious personal injury.

0 kilowatt-hours suitable for use outdoors. This could Using the heater longer than three hours result in an electric shock or become a does not improve system performance and fire hazard. shock or fire. It achieves Suitable for Use with Outdoor maximum temperature after Appliances. SHUTDOWN • Make sure that when in operation. Canadian Standards Association (CSA). Starting and Stopping the Engine The heater acts as a starting aid by • Make sure the system is unplugged and warming the engine coolant. extension cord are firmly connected. winter. Before your vehicle shuts down. a • Make sure your vehicle is parked in a message appears in the information clean area. • Use as short an extension cord as possible. display showing a timer counting down. Do not use an indoor approximately three hours of operation. it turns on at the next ignition cycle. Clean them with Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL) or a dry cloth if necessary. Make sure the quickly. We recommend that you do the following for a safe and correct operation: Using the Engine Block Heater • Use a 16-gauge outdoor extension cord Make sure the receptacle terminals are that is product certified by clean and dry prior to use. and be clearly marked not have a thermostat. This could cause an electric it has been idling for an extended period. electrical hookup once the system has Automatic Engine Shutdown Override been operating for approximately 30 minutes. This extension cord must be The heater uses 0. extension cord outdoors. You can connect the • Make sure the heater system is system to a grounded 120-volt AC checked for proper operation before electrical source. a wire harness.4 to 1. When you switch it off temporarily. AUTOMATIC ENGINE • Do not use multiple extension cords. heater cord and you do not intervene within 30 seconds. the extension cord plug and heater cord For vehicles with a keyless ignition. clear of combustibles. in cold of energy per hour of use. Start your vehicle • Check for heat anywhere in the as normal. If • Make sure the heater. The ignition also turns off to save battery power. The system does temperatures. The equipment includes a heater protective cover seals the prongs of the element (installed in the engine block) and block heater cord plug when not in use. unnecessarily uses electricity. First Printing . Note: You cannot permanently switch off the automatic shutdown. your vehicle shuts down. enUSA. this plug connections are free and clear of automatically shuts down your vehicle if water. This allows properly stowed before starting and the climate control system to respond driving your vehicle. 133 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America.

• Pressing the OK or RESET button during the 30-second countdown. First Printing . 134 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. for example pressing the brake or accelerator pedal. enUSA. at any point before the 30-second countdown has expired by doing any of the following: • Interacting with your vehicle. See Information Displays (page 93). • Disabling the shutdown using the information display. Starting and Stopping the Engine You can stop the shutdown. or reset the timer.

(to provide system cooling or heating). normal and necessary to heat up the cabin • Very high or low outside temperature and minimize emissions. speed for electric-only operation may Familiarizing yourself with these unique be lower while driving in hot characteristics will provide an optimal temperatures or on hilly terrain. or the accelerator is pressed. coming to a stop. Restarting your the engine is running or not to indicate your vehicle is not required. the maximum efficiency. or both). the engine will not start unless the vehicle Transmission Operation: is cold. Unique Driving Characteristics HYBRID VEHICLE OPERATION Conditions that may cause the engine to start up or remain running include: This hybrid vehicle combines electric and • Considerable vehicle acceleration. requested. This indicator will The gas engine may shut off to conserve remain on while your vehicle is on. This fuel saving feature allows your vehicle Stopping: to be ready–to–drive without requiring the gas engine to be running. gasoline propulsion to provide • Vehicle speed above 85 mph breakthrough performance and improved (137 km/h). Typically. First Printing . Starting: For Energi vehicles. a directly cause the engine to run. This green ready indicator light will only occurs when the high voltage E144692 appear in the lower right portion battery charge is low. • Engine not warm enough to provide passenger requested cabin The engine may not start because this temperature. electric motor. 135 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. enUSA. The gas engine automatically starts and Note: Since engine speed is controlled by stops to provide power when needed and the transmission. Simply step on the vehicle is capable of movement (using its accelerator when you are ready to drive. • Ascending a hill. the gas engine normally shuts performance. a climate control change is Due to the technologically advanced. electronically-controlled continuously variable transaxle. This temporary condition is low. vehicle is equipped with silent key start. This is normal hybrid operation and coasting at low speeds. climate control demands by passengers may not When you start your vehicle. it may seem elevated at to save fuel when not needed. you will not feel shift Driving: changes like those of a non-hybrid vehicle. or if the outside of the instrument cluster and a ready to temperature is cold enough to require drive message will appear in the middle of the engine to provide additional heat the left cluster screen. letting you know for the cabin. engine. down and your vehicle operates in electric-only mode. that your vehicle is ready for driving. While times. However. whether fuel as you come to a stop. driving experience from your new vehicle. helps deliver fuel efficiency and or standing. Note: You may notice higher engine speeds • Charge level of high voltage battery is upon start-up.

For best results. of shutting off. vehicles. Driving to Optimize Fuel Economy Avoid placing objects at the vent holes that block airflow to the high voltage battery. The engine speed in your hybrid is not directly tied to your vehicle speed. Braking: Battery: Your hybrid is equipped with standard Your hybrid is equipped with a high voltage hydraulic braking and regenerative braking. You may also time because this will discharge your high notice during extended downhill driving voltage battery and decrease fuel that your engine continues to run instead economy. keep high engine speeds (up to 6000 RPM). your hybrid may reach your fuel economy. your driving habits and the most efficient engine speed. The high voltage battery is and stores it in your high voltage battery. This In reverse (R). Low gear will produce high engine speeds to provide necessary engine During certain events (such as vehicle braking. it is actually more efficient than driving in electric mode. Unique Driving Characteristics Neutral: In prolonged mountainous driving. In low gear. the engine may Reverse: continue to operate for three to five seconds after the key is turned to off. designed to deliver the power you need at As with any vehicle. Note: Having your engine running is not always an indication of inefficiency. but it is not using any fuel. This is intentional and maintains in neutral (N) for an extended period of the battery charge level. This is normal and will not damage servicing) your low voltage 12-volt battery your vehicle. Your Your fuel economy should improve vehicle's engine and transmission are throughout your hybrid's break-in period. During accessory usage can significantly impact heavy accelerations. the gas engine may become disconnected or disabled. battery. and cannot provide power to the hybrid system in neutral (N). 22 mph (35 km/h). vehicle speed is limited to is a normal condition. enUSA. in mind these tips: 136 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. you may see the engine speed changing without It is not recommended to idle the vehicle your input. will remain on more often than in drive (D). Once the battery is reconnected and after driving the vehicle. cooled by cabin air drawn from vent holes in the trim panels behind the rear seats. In some Engine: cases. First Printing . During this engine braking. This is the normal Low (L) is designed to mimic the enhanced operation of the electric generator in the engine braking available in non-hybrid hybrid system. A cool battery maintains battery Regenerative braking is performed by your life and provides the best possible transmission and it captures brake energy performance. the engine stays on. The engine will not start or stop. You may also Low: hear a slight whine or whistle when operating your vehicle.

In general. however. perform the following process: cycle the ignition on EV Modes for 2 seconds. 137 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. First Printing . upon entering hybrid mode. The vehicle is ready to vehicle range information. enUSA. voltage battery's extended range capability. fuel economy. aerodynamic drag. (page 85). Moderate braking is particularly important since it allows Plug-in Power Mode and Hybrid you to maximize the energy captured Mode by the regenerative braking system. For example. The system maximizes the use of EV+ Mode electric-only operation in plug-in power Your vehicle will recognize your frequent mode. Settings menu. or off through the Driver Assist section of • Aggressive driving increases the the Settings menu. uses both the gasoline engine and electric Note: Frequent destinations are learned by motor to power your vehicle and maximize your vehicle after two to four weeks of use. below the climate with a Driving History reset through the controls. Unique Driving Characteristics • Keep the tires properly inflated and Note: You can switch the EV+ feature on only use the recommended size. Your vehicle contains selectable then off for 2 seconds. To add a destination immediately. The EV indicator will powertrain system will automatically display EV+ when this mode is active. You switch to hybrid mode. Repeat the process EV modes through the EV button 10 times. amount of energy required to move your vehicle. You must plug in your Energi vehicle Additional Tips: regularly for optimal use of the high • Do not carry extra loads. You can clear these destinations instrument panel. You can also • There is no need to wait for your engine configure MyView to include detailed to warm up. Your battery gauge should see this approximately 1/8 mile will transition to a simple battery graphic (200 meters) from a frequent destination. the stay in electric mode. nearing your home it should be easier to When your plug-in power is depleted. Estimated electric range is shown in blue • Observe posted speed limits. the system as you approach them. next to gasoline range at the bottom of the • Perform all scheduled maintenance. right information display. See Gauges drive immediately after starting. System conditions may require destinations and allow for more EV driving engine operation. but do not start your vehicle. This energy is used to accessories that may increase propel the vehicle in plug-in power mode. Hybrid mode See Information Displays (page 93). This location is now programmed E144814 located on the center of the for EV+. you can PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE achieve better fuel economy with mild to moderate acceleration and OPERATION deceleration. Charging your vehicle adds • Be mindful of adding external electrical energy. when uses plug-in power whenever possible.

and will EV Now mode. display if this occurs. Later icon appears on the left-hand 2. and your vehicle will return to EV Now when possible. EV Now. staying in electric mode when possible and A engine enabled message will display if running the engine when needed. The message will vehicle off. select mode will be the only one available if the a different climate control mode to permit plug-in power has been depleted. Your vehicle will enable the plug in power for later use in Auto Mode or engine as needed. Unique Driving Characteristics These modes are available when your 3. A engine enabled message will cluster screen. Press OK on The EV Later mode will automatically reset the left-hand steering wheel button to to EV Auto mode when you power your activate as needed. your initial drive is at high speeds You can enable your engine at any time by on open roads. the EV icon will be yellow. This is normal Auto EV function. The current mode will be Engine Enabled mode if system conditions displayed in the left-hand instrument require it. a white EV longer needed. This will change vehicle can run under high voltage battery the mode to EV Later and permit power. engine operation. you can change EV modes with each press Your vehicle may automatically enter of the EV button. a blue EV icon displays in the left-hand information This mode provides an electric display. A pop information display. Press the accelerator pedal fully. If your vehicle is in the Engine only driving experience. power for future use (for example. Later mode. up message will appear. steering wheel control while viewing Your vehicle will run the engine as needed the miles or kilometers per charge and keep most of the high voltage battery screen. mode and the outside temperature is cold. E144814 left-hand information display EV Now will automatically exit when the changes to a screen displaying your Plug in power has been depleted. You may press the EV button disappear if you release the accelerator twice during the next drive to return to EV pedal. enUSA. EV Later Your vehicle may accelerate more slowly This mode saves most of the and the top speed may be lower in EV Now high voltage battery plug in E151263 mode than in Auto EV mode. Press the EV button. This mode provides an Your vehicle may enter Enable Engine automatic use of high voltage E155152 mode if the climate control is in a defrost battery power during the drive. 138 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. EV Now When you enable EV Now. average miles or kilometers per charge along with EV specific tools and functions. If defrost is not needed. With your vehicle in driving mode. This this occurs. if desired. automatically return to EV Now after eight seconds or when the engine is no When you enable EV Later. Press the OK button on the left 5–way plug-in power usage is most efficient). First Printing . but later your drive will be using one of the following methods: at low speeds in an urban area where 1. The Enabled mode.

Low Engine Use The low engine use mode is equipped on Fuel Freshness Energi models only. This feature saves vehicle energy by If you select the EV Now mode while the relaxing acceleration compared to vehicle is in the low engine use mode. automatically stop when no longer needed. a Note: ECO Cruise is available as a separate message will appear in the information feature on Energi vehicles only. You can switch it on or off in through the Note: Cold temperatures will affect the information display. use mode may operate more frequently. 139 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. When set to on. Unique Driving Characteristics ECO Cruise Note: If your vehicle is in low engine use mode when you start your vehicle. First Printing . ECO appears engine use mode will resume the next time in the information display when cruise you start your vehicle and will control is on. On non display. your Now mode will be suspended for as long vehicle may temporarily lose speed when as you are in low engine use mode. mode maintains proper engine lubrication at sufficient temperature. EV standard cruise control. 101). See Information Messages (page plug-in vehicles it is included in EcoSelect. The Low Engine Use See Fuel Quality (page 144). Note: An oil change is not required but gives Settings you the option of not running a low engine Driver Assist ECO Cruise use cycle. your vehicle will automatically run the engine as necessary. Resetting the oil life monitoring system will suspend the low engine use mode. enUSA. When your vehicle is in low engine use mode. The low going uphill. See General engine warm up time and the low engine Information (page 93). For example. and will activate automatically when you drive your vehicle with limited engine operation.

the engine coolant temperature has to be kept sufficiently hot. Silent key start will start the engine if it is necessary for cabin heating. As the climate gets cooler. the engine may not be required to operate these functions. First Printing . Why does my engine never shut down The engine is required to turn on above this above 85 mph (137 km/h) speed to protect the transmission hard- ware. high voltage contactors inside the battery are closed to make the electricity available to the motor and generator and enable the vehicle to drive. One common reason is to make sure that the emissions components are warm enough to minimize tailpipe emissions. 140 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Why does the engine sometimes start at The vehicle's computer will determine if an key-on? engine start is required at key-on. (For C-MAX Energi vehicles. Why does my engine stay on when it is In order to make sure that the climate extremely cold outside? control system can begin heating the cabin or defrosting the windshield as soon as a driver requests it. enUSA.) Why does it take a long time before the There are several reasons the engine stays engine shuts down? on for an extended amount of time when you first start it. Keeping the engine on is required to main- tain the correct coolant temperature. Unique Driving Characteristics HYBRID VEHICLE FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS Question Answer What are the series of clicks from the cargo The high voltage battery is electrically isol- area when I first turn the key in the ignition? ated from the rest of the vehicle when the key is off. this engine-on time is extended. The clicks are the sound of these contactors as they close and open during start up and shut down. or if the outside temperature is low. When you switch the key on. windshield defrost.

(For C-MAX Energi vehicles. will change according to the amount of cooling required to maintain good performance. This fan turns on when the battery requires cooling air. Your hybrid vehicle can be flat towed with all four wheels down? without modification. This may be higher than expected during heavy accelerations. the vehicle can be plugged into a 110-volt outlet with charge cord provided. 141 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. and how Your hybrid vehicle can use E15 (15% will it affect my fuel economy? ethanol. These are charac- teristics of the Atkinson engine cycle and the transmission technology that help maximize your hybrid's fuel economy. 85% gasoline) fuel. but you may notice slightly reduced fuel economy because ethanol contains less energy per gallon than gasoline. Your hybrid vehicle is not designed to use E85 (85% ethanol). Can you charge the battery with a plug into There are no provisions for charging the an A/C outlet? high voltage battery from a power supply external to the vehicle. What is the fan noise I hear from the rear The fan noise comes from a fan located of my hybrid? next to the high voltage battery pack. and associated noise level. How long will my high voltage battery last? The high voltage battery system is designed Does it need maintenance? to last the life of the vehicle and requires no maintenance.Your vehicle's engine and transmission are times when I accelerate? designed to deliver the power you need at the most efficient engine speed. See Towing (page 190). What is the engine oil change service Change the engine oil every 10000 miles interval? (16000 kilometers) or once per year under normal operating conditions.) Can I tow the hybrid behind my motor home Yes. and may fluctuate when driving at a steady speed. The fan speed. enUSA. Unique Driving Characteristics Question Answer Why does my engine rev up so high some. Maintaining the battery temperature at optimal conditions also prolongs the useful life of the battery and helps to achieve better fuel economy. Can I put E15 or E85 in my vehicle. First Printing .

To switch EcoSelect on. press the ECO button. • More regenerative braking. E198654 A graphic displays on your information display when EcoSelect is on. You will notice: • Less aggressive heating and cooling. enUSA. • Softer acceleration. Unique Driving Characteristics ECOSELECT EcoSelect is a drive mode for non-plugin vehicles designed to offer the best possible fuel economy with only a slight impact to vehicle performance and comfort. Your vehicle will remember the last selected mode whenever you start your vehicle. • ECO cruise control activation. 142 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. • Changes in engine behavior. First Printing . EcoSelect allows your vehicle to operate more efficiently.

Consult a physician immediately • Always turn off the vehicle before if you experience an adverse reaction. pressure. First Printing . fuel may spray In severe cases. promptly any open flames before refueling your wash skin thoroughly with soap and vehicle. serious personal injury or sickness may result. refueling. remove mishandled. • Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed Fuel ethanol and gasoline may through the skin. In sensitive individuals. which could cause serious personal breathing of fuel vapor can cause injury. enUSA. Repeated or prolonged skin open flames near the filler neck. attention. If fuel is splashed on contain benzene. do not refuel until to eye and respiratory tract irritation. excessive or prolonged out. If fuel is swallowed. The toxic effects of fuel may not be The fuel system may be under visible for hours. serious illness and permanent injury. contact lenses (if worn). Inhaling too near the fuel filler door (Easy Fuel much fuel vapor of any kind can lead capless fuel system). Automotive fuels can cause serious • Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes. or skin Observe the following guidelines when contact could cause an adverse handling automotive fuel: reaction. Fuel vapor is extremely • Be particularly careful if you are taking hazardous under certain conditions. Breathing gasoline vapors. Failure to seek proper This can cause a fire if you are filling medical attention could lead to an ungrounded fuel container. for the treatment of alcoholism. refueling. • Extinguish all smoking materials and If fuel is splashed on the skin. clothing or both. promptly cancer-causing agent. 143 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. pressure in an overfilled tank may call a physician immediately. even if no cause leakage and lead to fuel spray symptoms are immediately apparent. Otherwise. and fire. The permanent injury. water. the sound stops. remove contaminated clothing and When refueling always shut the wash skin thoroughly with soap and engine off and never allow sparks or water. permanent injury. flush with Flow of fuel through a fuel pump water for 15 minutes and seek medical nozzle can produce static electricity. If injury or death if misused or fuel is splashed in the eyes. Avoid “Antabuse” or other forms of disulfiram inhaling excess fumes. Fuel and Refueling SAFETY PRECAUTIONS • Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed. contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes Never smoke or use a cell phone while skin irritation. If you hear a hissing sound • Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. which is a the skin. Fuel such as WARNINGS gasoline is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or Do not overfill the fuel tank.

We do not recommend fuels with If you mainly use your vehicle in electric an octane rating below 87. the gasoline in the fuel tank may become stale due to Do not use any fuel other than those aging. enUSA. including manganese-based • The vehicle will only run in hybrid mode.2 gal (4. particularly in high altitude areas. compounds. We recommend regular unleaded gasoline Fuel Freshness Mode (If Equipped) with a pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87. contact an authorized dealer to prevent any engine E161513 damage. Fuel freshness mode protects your control system and cause a loss of vehicle vehicle from potential engine and fuel performance. Your vehicle automatically switches to fuel freshness mode if you do not refuel your Note: Use of any fuel other than those vehicle with fresh fuel within an 18-month recommended can impair the emission period. • Fuels containing metallic-based additives.5 L) of fuel remains in the fuel tank. will impair engine performance and affect the emission control system. than 1. Stale gasoline can damage the recommended because they could lead to engine and fuel system. • The information display will indicate fuel freshness mode is active. Do not use: Note: If you do not add new fuel during an • Diesel fuel. EV Now mode will not be available. During fuel freshness mode: • Fuels containing methanol. which is a manganese-based fuel additive. engine damage that may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. completed. fuel freshness mode will • Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin. • Fuel containing more than 15% ethanol or E85 fuel. Some fuel stations offer fuels posted as This helps keep the fuel system functional regular unleaded gasoline with an octane and the fuel fresh. • Fuels containing the octane booster • Most of the plug-in power will be additive. However. methylcyclopentadienyl stored until fuel freshness mode is manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).5 L) of fuel remains in the fuel tank. use fuel until approximately 1. power mode without refueling. Do not be concerned if the engine sometimes knocks lightly. Fuel and Refueling FUEL QUALITY The use of fuels with metallic compounds such as methylcyclopentadienyl Choosing the Right Fuel manganese tricarbonyl (commonly known as MMT). if the engine knocks heavily while using fuel with the recommended octane rating. rating below 87. First Printing . 144 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. 18-month period. system damage caused by using stale fuel.2 gal (4. • Leaded fuel (using leaded fuel is Note: EV Now mode resumes when less prohibited by law).

they will not work with the capless fuel system and can damage it. system and its seal and cause injury to you or others. RUNNING OUT OF FUEL Do not try to pry open or push open the capless fuel system with foreign Running out of fuel can cause damage not objects. fuel may be required. When restarting. enUSA. do the following: electrostatic charge build-up when filling 1. stabilizer if you use less than a full tank of fuel during an 18-month period.3 gal (5 L) of fuel household refuse or the public to restart the engine. See Fuel Filler pump the fuel from the tank to the Funnel Location (page 145). refueling your vehicle will with the fuel container when filling it. use the plastic funnel refueling to allow the fuel system to included with your vehicle. more waste disposal facility. • Do not use a device that holds the fuel Note: We recommend you use a fuel pump nozzle lever in the fill position. Fully insert the plastic funnel into the inside your vehicle (including the cargo fuel tank filler pipe opening. fuel tank filler cap. Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel Container FUEL FILLER FUNNEL WARNINGS LOCATION Do not insert the nozzle of a fuel container or an aftermarket funnel The fuel filler funnel is in the under floor into the fuel system filler neck. its seal and cause fuel to run onto the ground. Use an authorized out of fuel and on a steep slope. First Printing . area). Fuel and Refueling Note: When the fuel level is less than • Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact one-quarter full. Place the Note: Capless fuel systems do not have a container on the ground when filling it. Filling a Portable Fuel Container When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from Use the following guidelines to avoid a fuel container. If your vehicle is sewage system. This could damage the fuel covered by the vehicle Warranty. Fully open the fuel tank filler door until an ungrounded fuel container: it engages and remove the fuel tank • Only use an approved fuel container to filler cap. • You may need to switch the ignition When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from from off to on several times after a fuel container. transfer fuel to your vehicle. cranking time takes a few seconds longer than Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels as normal. • Do not fill a fuel container when it is 2. end fuel freshness mode. If your vehicle runs out of fuel: Do not dispose of fuel in the • Add a minimum of 1. engine. This storage compartment behind the may damage the fuel system filler neck or right-hand front seat. 145 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America.

Otherwise. Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling. Keep children away from the fuel pump. Avoid inhaling excess fumes. Fuel and Refueling WARNINGS Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle. near the fuel filler door. Clean the plastic funnel and place it until the sound stops. Fully open the fuel tank filler door until it engages. Note: Extra funnels can be purchased from an authorized dealer if you choose to Easy Fuel™ Capless Fuel System dispose of the funnel. Wait at least 10 seconds before removing the fuel pump nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain into the fuel tank. shift into park (P) and switch the ignition WARNINGS off. Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions. Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island. which could cause serious of it. personal injury. First Printing . Do not remove the fuel pump nozzle from its fully inserted position when 4. Failure to follow this E157452 will fill the expansion space in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel overflowing. enUSA. do not refuel 6. Add fuel to your vehicle from the fuel container. 146 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. 2. do the following: REFUELING 1. Remove the plastic funnel from the refueling. 3. Replace the fuel tank filler cap and pressure. fuel tank filler pipe opening. If you hear a hissing sound close the fuel tank filler door. When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the fuel tank filler valve. Stop refueling after the fuel pump nozzle automatically shuts off for the second time. When refueling the vehicle fuel tank. Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries. fuel may back in your vehicle or properly dispose spray out. Never let children pump fuel. When your vehicle has stopped. The fuel system may be under 5.

Safely pull off the road. point that the fuel is able to bypass the fuel Note: It can take up to fifteen seconds for filler nozzle. complete. It may take several driving cycles for the message to turn off. provided with your vehicle. a service engine warning lamp appears in the information display. Pressing the button unlocks the fuel system to function correctly. down the drain hole which is below the fuel filler inlet. Slowly insert the fuel filler nozzle fully into the fuel system. tank refueling valve and opens the fuel Note: Do not overfill the fuel tank to the filler door. Continuing to drive with the message on may cause the E154765 service engine soon lamp to turn on as well. This allows residual fuel Your vehicle has an auto-sealing feature to drain back into the fuel tank and not that locks the fuel tank refueling valve and spill onto the vehicle. slowly remove the fuel filler nozzle. If this action corrects the problem. do the following: 1. 4. enUSA. you must press the fuel filler 5. and allow the inlet to close properly. Once pumping is complete. This permits the fuel system to function correctly. First Printing . At the next opportunity. 3. the fuel filler door. 147 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. the message may not reset immediately. The overfilled fuel may run the fuel filler door to open. Hold the handle higher several times to dislodge any debris during insertion for easier access. Insert a fuel filler nozzle or the fuel filler nozzle fully inserted until pumping is funnel. Put the vehicle in park (P) and switch the ignition off. Allow Easy Fuel™ Capless System - approximately five to ten seconds after Energi Vehicles Only pumping fuel before removing the fuel filler nozzle. A driving cycle consists of an engine start-up (after four or more hours with the engine off) followed by city and highway driving. 2. Fully open the fuel tank filler door until E156032 it engages and remove any visible debris from the fuel filler inlet. This permits the fuel panel. 3. Before you can refuel your vehicle. and leave the 4. 5. Fuel and Refueling System Warnings If the fuel filler inlet does not close properly or if you do not fully close the fuel filler door. Fully close the fuel filler door until it door release button on the instrument clicks shut. Fully close the fuel filler door until it clicks shut.

Slowly insert the fuel filler nozzle fully into the fuel system and leave the nozzle fully inserted until pumping is complete. Press the fuel filler door release button. The overfilled fuel may run down the drain hole which is below the fuel filler inlet. E154765 Note: You may experience the fuel pump 5. During this time. shift into park (P) and switch the ignition off. approximately five to ten seconds after 3. Fully open the fuel tank filler door until pumping fuel before removing the fuel it engages. When your vehicle has stopped. slowly turning off if you do not press the fuel filler remove the fuel filler nozzle. This permits the fuel system to function correctly. Fuel and Refueling When refueling the vehicle fuel tank. When the door unlocks a message appears in the information display indicating that your vehicle is ready to be refueled. enUSA. Wait up to fifteen seconds before opening the fuel filler door. E156032 4. 6. 2. If more than 20 minutes elapses. Once pumping is complete. Fully close the fuel filler door until it clicks shut. you must press the fuel filler door release button again. do the following: 1. Hold the handle higher while E145428 inserting for easier access. 148 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. This allows residual fuel to drain back into the fuel tank and not spill onto the vehicle. Note: Do not overfill the fuel tank to the point that the fuel is able to bypass the fuel filler nozzle. Allow door release button again. The vehicle remains ready to refuel for approximately 20 minutes. First Printing . filler nozzle. a message appears in the information display.

When your vehicle has stopped. This permits the fuel system to function correctly. by city and highway driving. provided with your vehicle. into park (P) and switch the ignition on. a service engine warning lamp appears in the information display. Fully open the fuel tank filler door until compartment on the right side. do the following: 1. Insert a fuel filler nozzle or the fuel filler funnel. it engages and remove any visible debris from the fuel filler inlet. several times to dislodge any debris and allow the inlet to close properly. the message may not reset immediately. Fully close the fuel filler door until it clicks shut. 5. Safely pull off the road. E162484 do the following: 4. enUSA. First Printing . Pull the manual fuel filler door release 1. 2. When your vehicle has stopped. 2. Using the Manual Fuel Filler Door Release Lever The manual fuel filler door release lever is in the luggage compartment on the right side behind a panel. It may take several driving cycles for the E154767 message to turn off. When using the manual fuel filler door release lever to access the fuel filler inlet. shift lever. Press the refueling button on the center E162486 console. shift into park (P) and switch the ignition off. At the next opportunity. Fuel and Refueling System Warnings If the fuel filler inlet does not close properly or if you do not fully close the fuel filler door. 3. If this action corrects the problem. 149 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Locate the manual fuel filler door or more hours with the engine off) followed release lever. 6. Continuing to drive with the message on may cause the service engine soon lamp to turn on as well. Remove the panel located in luggage 4. A driving cycle consists of an engine start-up (after four 3.

Fill the fuel tank completely and record indicates empty. First Printing . in dry grass or other dry ground cover. Do not rely on this fuel for 4. a more accurate measurement is obtained after 2000 miles . If more than 20 minutes is required. divide by kilometers traveled). When refueling your vehicle after the fuel gauge 1. enUSA. Calculate fuel economy by dividing empty. is left running. frequency of fill ups or fuel Note: The amount of usable fuel in the gauge readings are not accurate ways to empty reserve varies and should not be measure fuel economy. Empty reserve is the amount of fuel fill the fuel tank and record the current remaining in the tank after the fuel gauge odometer reading. record the capacity of the fuel tank due to the empty amount of fuel added. WARNINGS Results are most accurate when the filling Do not park. EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM • Allow no more than two automatic click-offs when filling. refuel the full amount of the advertised 2. After at least three to five tank fill ups. This provides an accurate estimate of the For consistent results when filling the fuel vehicle’s fuel economy under current tank: driving conditions. Each time you fill the tank. indicates empty. an records during summer and winter show inaccurate reading results if the engine how temperature impacts fuel economy. 3. (low-medium-high) each time the tank is filled. The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system. lower temperatures mean lower • Use the same fill rate fuel economy. 150 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. you might not be able to the initial odometer reading. Also. The usable capacity of the fuel from the current odometer reading. then capacity plus the empty reserve. Switch the ignition off and refuel your Calculating Fuel Economy vehicle within 20 minutes. keeping • Turn the ignition off before fueling. fully close the Do not measure fuel economy during the fuel filler door and repeat the first 1000 miles (1600 kilometers) of procedure. idle. Fuel and Refueling 5. which can start a fire.4800 kilometers). or drive your vehicle method is consistent. Keep a record for at least one month and Filling the Tank record the type of driving (city or highway). In general. Subtract your initial odometer reading driving. tank is the amount of fuel that can be put into the tank after the gauge indicates 5. reserve still present in the tank. The advertised capacity is the total miles traveled by gallons used (For fuel tank size – it is the combined usable Metric: Multiply liters used by 100. Additionally. driving (this is your engine’s break-in period).3000 miles FUEL CONSUMPTION (3200 kilometers . fuel expense. relied upon to increase driving range.

Fuel and Refueling

WARNINGS An improperly operating or damaged
Exhaust leaks may result in entry of exhaust system may allow exhaust to
harmful and potentially lethal fumes enter the vehicle. Have a damaged or
into the passenger compartment. If improperly operating exhaust system
you smell exhaust fumes inside your inspected and repaired immediately.
vehicle, have your dealer inspect your Do not make any unauthorized changes to
vehicle immediately. Do not drive if you your vehicle or engine. By law, vehicle
smell exhaust fumes. owners and anyone who manufactures,
repairs, services, sells, leases, trades
Your vehicle is equipped with various vehicles, or supervises a fleet of vehicles
emission control components and a are not permitted to intentionally remove
catalytic converter that will enable your an emission control device or prevent it
vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust from working. Information about your
emission standards. vehicle’s emission system is on the Vehicle
Emission Control Information Decal
To make sure that the catalytic converter located on or near the engine. This decal
and other emission control components also lists engine displacement.
continue to work properly:
Please consult your warranty information
• Use only the specified fuel listed. for complete details.
• Avoid running out of fuel.
• Do not turn off the ignition while your On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)
vehicle is moving, especially at high Your vehicle has a computer known as the
speeds. on-board diagnostics system (OBD-II) that
• Have the items listed in scheduled monitors the engine’s emission control
maintenance information performed system. The system protects the
according to the specified schedule. environment by making sure that your
vehicle continues to meet government
The scheduled maintenance items listed
emission standards. The OBD-II system
in scheduled maintenance information are
also assists a service technician in properly
essential to the life and performance of
servicing your vehicle.
your vehicle and to its emissions system.
When the service engine soon
If you use anything other than Ford,
indicator illuminates, the OBD-II
Motorcraft or Ford-authorized parts for
system has detected a
maintenance replacements or for service
malfunction. Temporary malfunctions may
of components affecting emission control,
cause the service engine soon indicator to
such non-Ford parts should be equivalent
illuminate. Examples are:
to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in
performance and durability. 1. Your vehicle has run out of fuel—the
Illumination of the service engine soon engine may misfire or run poorly.
indicator, charging system warning light or 2. Poor fuel quality or water in the
the temperature warning light, fluid leaks, fuel—the engine may misfire or run
strange odors, smoke or loss of engine poorly.
power could indicate that the emission
control system is not working properly. 3. The fuel fill inlet may not have closed
properly. See Refueling (page 146).

151

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

Fuel and Refueling

4. Driving through deep water—the Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test if
electrical system may be wet. the service engine soon indicator is on or
not working properly (bulb is burned out),
You can correct these temporary
or if the OBD-II system has determined
malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with
that some of the emission control systems
good quality fuel, properly closing the fuel
have not been properly checked. In this
fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry
case, the vehicle is not ready for I/M
out. After three driving cycles without these
testing.
or any other temporary malfunctions
present, the service engine soon indicator If the vehicle’s engine or transmission has
should stay off the next time you start the just been serviced, or the battery has
engine. A driving cycle consists of a cold recently run down or been replaced, the
engine startup followed by mixed city and OBD-II system may indicate that the
highway driving. No additional vehicle vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. To
service is required. determine if the vehicle is ready for I/M
testing, turn the ignition key to the on
If the service engine soon indicator remains
position for 15 seconds without cranking
on, have your vehicle serviced at the first
the engine. If the service engine soon
available opportunity. Although some
indicator blinks eight times, it means that
malfunctions detected by the OBD-II may
the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing; if
not have symptoms that are apparent,
the service engine soon indicator stays on
continued driving with the service engine
solid, it means that your vehicle is ready
soon indicator on can result in increased
for I/M testing.
emissions, lower fuel economy, reduced
engine and transmission smoothness and The OBD-II system checks the emission
lead to more costly repairs. control system during normal driving. A
complete check may take several days.
Readiness for Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) Testing If the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing,
you can perform the following driving cycle
Some state and provincial and local consisting of mixed city and highway
governments may have driving:
Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) programs 1. 15 minutes of steady driving on an
to inspect the emission control equipment expressway or highway followed by 20
on your vehicle. Failure to pass this minutes of stop-and-go driving with at
inspection could prevent you from getting least four 30-second idle periods.
a vehicle registration.
2. Allow your vehicle to sit for at least
If the service engine soon eight hours with the ignition off. Then,
indicator is on or the bulb does start the vehicle and complete the
not work, your vehicle may need above driving cycle. The vehicle must
service. See On-Board Diagnostics. warm up to its normal operating
temperature. Once started, do not turn
off the vehicle until the above driving
cycle is complete.
If the vehicle is still not ready for I/M
testing, you need to repeat the above
driving cycle.

152

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

High Voltage Battery

GENERAL INFORMATION Your vehicle consists of various
high-voltage components and wiring. All
WARNING of the high-voltage power flows through
specific wiring assemblies labeled as such
Have the battery pack serviced only or covered with a solid orange convolute,
by an authorized electric vehicle orange striped tape or both. Do not come
technician. Improper handling can in contact with these components.
result in personal injury or death.
The high-voltage battery system is a
high-voltage, lithium-ion battery system.
Note: The high-voltage battery does not The pack is located in the rear cargo area.
require regular service maintenance. The high-voltage battery system uses an
air cooled system to regulate the
high-voltage battery temperature and help
maximize high-voltage battery life.

E163462

Note: The high-voltage battery is equipped Note: There is a disconnect circuit in your
with air vents in the package tray that help vehicle. Disconnecting the circuit will
to regulate its temperature. It is important automatically disable the high-voltage
to keep these openings free of obstructions. battery.
Do not block the flow of cabin air to this
To disable the battery and stop all
area.
high-voltage electric activity in the vehicle
HIGH-VOLTAGE SERVICE you can access high-voltage disconnect
DISCONNECT circuit. To do this, you must unplug the
circuit from the circuit port connected to
The high-voltage service disconnect turns the battery.
off power from the high-voltage battery.

153

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

High Voltage Battery

Note: The service disconnect has an outer
lever to aid in the proper seating of the
service disconnect lever. Remove this to
disconnect the high-voltage service
disconnect.
The high-voltage service disconnect is
located behind the rear fold down seats.
Service disconnect location for non-Energi
vehicles.

E171514

3. Pull the outer cover off to expose the
service disconnect lever.

E163537

Service disconnect location for Energi
vehicles.

E147234

4. Slide the handle on the service
disconnect outboard to the right. For
Energi vehicles, slide the handle
outboard and to the left.

E163538

Disabling the High-Voltage Battery
1. Fold down the rear seats and remove
the cover panel.
2. Locate the access door and remove
the plastic cover. E146133

154

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

High Voltage Battery

5. Pull the handle toward you and remove Charging Equipment
the service disconnect from the vehicle
to disable the high-voltage battery.

Reactivating the High-Voltage Battery
Note: If you have manually disconnected
your high-voltage shut off circuit, you will
need to reconnect the circuit before you can
reactivate it. The system will detect if the
electrical system is safe and turn on
automatically.

CHARGING THE HIGH
VOLTAGE BATTERY
WARNINGS
Do not use the 120 volt convenience E78097
cord with an extension cord,
two-prong adapter, surge protector, Your vehicle is equipped with a standard
timer or other adapter. 120 volt convenience cord located in the
floor compartment behind the driver seat.
In Canada, do not use the 120 volt
convenience cord in commercial Note: The 120 volt convenience cord allows
garages. you to charge the high voltage battery using
a standard 120 volt household outlet. It
This equipment has arcing or takes approximately seven hours to
sparking parts, do not expose to completely charge an empty battery using
flammable vapors. Position this the standard 120 volt convenience cord.
equipment at least 18 in (45 cm) above
the floor. We recommend upgrading to the optional
240 volt charging station for faster more
The AC wall plug must fit firmly into efficient charging. It takes approximately
the AC outlet. If the connection feels 2.5 hours to completely charge an empty
loose, worn or the AC outlet is battery using a 240 volt charging station.
damaged, please have a qualified
electrician replace the AC outlet. Using a Your electrical source must meet certain
convenience cord with a worn outlet may requirements for the high voltage batteries
cause burns, property damage and to charge:
increase the risk of electric shock. • The AC outlet must be a three-prong
110-120 volt AC outlet that is properly
grounded, 15–20 amps (or greater),
and in good condition.
• You must use a dedicated line, which
means you cannot have other
appliances connected to the same
circuit.

155

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

High Voltage Battery

Note: If you do not have a dedicated circuit, 120 Volt Convenience Cord
contact a licensed professional electrician
for proper installation.
Make sure that the 120 volt convenience
cord is completely unwound before
charging. Always plug the cord into the AC
outlet before connecting the charging
coupler into the charge port on your
vehicle.
A
B

C
D

E197446

A. Power.
B. Check outlet.
C. Fault.
D. Vehicle.

Note: When the convenience cord is plugged into an outlet, use the following table to
determine your vehicle charge status. If the POWER indicator light is off after plugging in
the convenience cord, use a different outlet.

156

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

High Voltage Battery

Convenience Cord LED Indicators Status

Check Fault Vehicle
Outlet

Off Off Off The convenience cord is not connected to your
vehicle.
Off Off On The convenience cord is connected, but your
vehicle is not charging.
Off Off Blink Your vehicle is charging.
Off Blink Off Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Fault
Detected.
The convenience cord is retrying to charge.
Off On Off Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Fault
Detected.
The convenience cord has exhausted its retry
attempts. Your vehicle is not charging, or there is
an internal fault in the charging equipment.
Blink Off Off The convenience cord detected a high temper-
ature at the AC plug and is waiting for the AC plug
to return to a normal operating temperature.*
Blink Off On The convenience cord detected a high temper-
ature at the AC plug. The AC plug has returned to
a normal operating temperature. Your vehicle is
ready to charge at a reduced current.*
Blink Off Blink The convenience cord detected a high temper-
ature at the AC plug. The AC plug has returned to
a normal operating temperature. Your vehicle is
charging at a reduced current.*
Blink On Off The convenience cord detected a high temper-
ature at the AC plug. Your vehicle is not charging.
The convenience cord has exhausted its retry
attempts.*
*Have the outlet checked by a qualified electrician and make sure the AC plug fits firmly
into the outlet. Contact an authorized EV certified dealer if problem persists.

157

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

Forcing the door open or the button clicks confirming you have closed damages the charge port. High Voltage Battery Charge Port The cord acknowledgment feature activates when you initiate a charge cycle. two times open and close it. Do not forget to press the lock button on your key fob to 4. You can modify the light ring illumination settings. You can press the unlock button on your key fob to view the charge status of your vehicle. Charging Note: Your vehicle must be in park (P) to charge. Press the the top right-hand side light and ending indentation on the charge port door to with the top left-hand side. you can determine the current state of charge. 2. Based on which quadrants light. follow the instructions on the charge station to begin the charging process. Make sure open or closed. confirming that the system detects the charging coupler. If using a 240 volt charging station. completely engaged the coupler. E144780 the light ring does not light. Verify that the cord acknowledgment re-lock your vehicle. E144779 3. If the charge is below 25 percent. Press the indentation on the charge port door to open it. The cord acknowledgment feature activates The light ring also displays the current when you initiate a charge cycle. 5. The charge port is located between the The four light quadrants each individually front left-hand side door and the front flash in a clockwise motion. 158 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. state of charge when opening the doors. starting with left-hand side wheel well. First Printing . The light ring located around the charge port indicates the charge status of the high voltage battery in your vehicle. the charge port light ring displays the state of charge in 25 percent increments. To charge your high voltage battery: 1. feature activates. Divided into four quadrants. Put your vehicle in park (P) and switch off your vehicle. enUSA. Plug the charging coupler into the Note: Do not force the charge port door charge port on your vehicle.

the light ring will turn on and display how far along the charge is per the section above. the charge is between 75-100 percent. are on and the bottom left quadrant is off. When the vehicle automatically begins charging. If the problem persists. you • When all lights on the entire ring are need a padlock or a combination lock with on. Insert the lock through the hole in the conditions by using the touchscreen charging coupler button. First Printing . the charge is between 0-25 advantage of off-peak electricity rates. Note: If the system detects a vehicle charging system fault at any point in a charge cycle. the charge is 100 percent. the charge is between 0–25 percent. High Voltage Battery The light ring located around the charge Waiting to Charge port indicates the charge status of the high voltage battery in your vehicle: When you select Value Charge. the entire light ring will flash continuously for one minute and then turn off. Lock the padlock or combination lock. If this happens. E172036 You can modify the light ring lighting 1. between 50-75 percent. the light ring will indicate the present state of charge of the high voltage • When both right-hand side quadrants battery as follows: are on and the bottom left-hand side quadrant is pulsing. the charge is between 50–75 Note: The light ring will turn off one minute percent.0 in (25. the charge is between 25–50 percent.2 in (5 mm) or less. • When all the lights on the light ring are • When both right side quadrant lights on. and the bottom right quadrant is off. Note: To lock the charging coupler. • When three quadrants are on and the • When the top right quadrant light is on top left-hand side quadrant is pulsing. enUSA. • When three quadrant lights are on and Locking the Charging Coupler the top left quadrant is off. The percent. contact an authorized dealer. charging). the charge is When waiting to charge (not actively between 25-50 percent. the light ring will turn off one minute after displaying the present state of charge. after reaching a full charge. system. The • When the top right-hand side quadrant vehicle may delay charging to take is pulsing. vehicle will optimize the charge schedule • When the top right-hand side quadrant to be complete by the next GO Time. Also. the straight portion of the shackle Note: When the vehicle is waiting to charge. is on and the bottom right-hand quadrant is pulsing. charging may not begin upon plugging in. 2. the charge is • When the top right quadrant light is off. the charge is between 75–100 percent. a shackle diameter of 0.4 mm) or longer. unplug the charging coupler and then plug it back into the charge port receptacle. 159 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. the charge is complete. must be 1.

First Printing . START/STOP button. Close the charge port door by pressing the indentation on the charge port door. Note: Do not pull the wall plug from the wall while the vehicle is charging. High Voltage Battery Disconnecting the Charging 3. 160 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. your vehicle will detect if the electrical system is safe and reactivate. you can start your vehicle as you would normally by either turning the ignition key or by pressing the brake in combination with the START/STOP button. Press the brake pedal and press the coupler. Turn the ignition off. Remove the lock from the charging 1. Once your vehicle determines the electrical system safe. perform the following steps: 1. Turn the ignition on. contact an authorized dealer. Continue pressing the indentation while the door rotates counterclockwise and closes. 2. or if your vehicle receives a substantial physical jolt. turn ignition off. 3. Doing so For vehicles equipped with a push button may damage the outlet and the cord. Press the button on the charging 2. Press the START/STOP button to coupler button. repeat steps 1 and 2 up to receptacle on your vehicle. 2. Note: In the event your vehicle does not reactivate after the third key cycle. repeat steps 1 and 2 up to two more times. To reactivate your vehicle after either event. If your vehicle is not powered after this charging coupler from the charge port sequence. E144781 4. Note: During this process. enUSA. HIGH VOLTAGE BATTERY CUT- OFF SWITCH The high-voltage shut off operation shuts off power from the high-voltage battery after a collision. two more times. remove the 3. start system: 1. If your vehicle is not powered after this Coupler sequence. While holding the button.

Automatic Transmission Low (L) Putting your vehicle in gear: • Provides maximum engine braking. E144820 161 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Leaving your vehicle with the transmission in neutral (N) Drive (D) will drain the battery and you may not be Drive (D) is the normal driving position for able to start your vehicle. Fully press down the brake pedal. First Printing . enUSA. Transmission AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Park (P) This position locks the transmission and WARNINGS prevents the front wheels from turning. which may result in difficulty Neutral (N) maintaining speed in traffic and could lead With the gearshift lever in neutral (N). 1. Always come accelerator pedal simultaneously. Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key Reverse (R) whenever you leave your vehicle. 4. or normal driving conditions and results in lower fuel economy. • Is not intended for use under extended 3. • The transmission may be shifted into 2. Move the gearshift lever to the desired low (L) at any vehicle speed. to a complete stop before shifting into and Applying both pedals simultaneously out of reverse (R). vehicle can be started and is free to roll. your to serious injury. Always set the parking brake fully Come to a complete stop before putting and make sure the gearshift is your vehicle into and out of park (P). Come to a complete stop. the best fuel economy. transmission in neutral (N). With the gearshift lever in reverse (R). latched in park (P). Hold the brake pedal down while in this Note: Do not leave your vehicle with the position. gear. Grade assist: Press the transmission control switch on the side of the gearshift lever to activate grade assist. for more than three seconds will limit engine rpm. Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in park (P). your Do not apply the brake pedal and vehicle will move backward.

procedure. always fully set the parking brake prior to doing this procedure. The grade assist lamp will appear in the instrument cluster E144523 when grade assist is turned on. Use wheel chocks if appropriate. See your authorized • Provides additional grade braking with dealer. vehicle speed when descending a grade. a combination of engine motoring and high-voltage battery charging to help Note: See your authorized dealer as soon maintain vehicle speed when as possible if this procedure is used. of engine motoring and high-voltage Use the brake shift interlock lever to move battery charging. but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated. Transmission WARNINGS When doing this procedure. descending a grade. you may notice the the gearshift lever from the park position engine speed increasing and in the event of an electrical malfunction or decreasing to help maintain your if your vehicle has a dead battery. To avoid unwanted vehicle movement. Note: For some markets this feature will be • As your vehicle determines the amount disabled. Apply the parking brake and turn the • The grade assist lamp in the instrument ignition off before performing this cluster is illuminated. 162 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. enUSA. the brakes may not be E146092 working properly. you will be taking your vehicle out of park which means your vehicle can roll freely. First Printing . If the parking brake is fully released. Brake-Shift Interlock WARNINGS Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brake lamps are working. Press the transmission control switch again to return to normal drive (D).

E162619 1. If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or Snow Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur. or the engine may overheat. Transmission Note: Do not rock your vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the transmission and tires may occur. 5. Remove the tool and reinstall the panel. Insert the screwdriver (or similar tool) into the access hole and press the lever foreword while pulling the gearshift lever out of the park (P) position and into the neutral (N) position. enUSA. 2. 4. 3. it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears. Remove the side panel on the right side of the gearshift lever. Locate the access hole. First Printing . Start your vehicle and release the parking brake. 163 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. stopping between shifts in a steady pattern. If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow. Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear.

The standard brake In the event the accelerator pedal system is designed to fully stop the car if becomes stuck or entrapped. remains on or have it checked by an authorized dealer. the brake to the nearest authorized dealer. See Cleaning the Alloy illuminates when you release the Wheels (page 245). E144522 Regenerative Braking System Wet brakes result in reduced braking This feature is used to simulate the engine efficiency. continuous squeal sound is present. spun as a generator to create electrical If you experience this condition. This recharges the battery and brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe slows the vehicle. enUSA. First Printing . and firm pressure to the brake pedal to During regenerative braking. heavily by measuring the rate at which you The remaining portion is generated by press the brake pedal. once the stop. Have the This lamp momentarily system checked by an authorized dealer. apply steady regenerative braking is not available. Have the system checked by an authorized Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the dealer. illuminate during start up. Inspect the accelerator pedal for producer. flashes. Brake assist can reduce stopping distances in critical situations. Indicators (page 89). It provides maximum braking efficiency as long as you press the pedal. If control during emergency stops by keeping a metal-to-metal. controller automatically detects the amount of deceleration requested and Brake Assist optimizes how much of the deceleration Brake assist detects when you brake will be produced by regenerative braking. If illuminates when you turn the the vehicle has continuous vibration or ignition on. If the light does not shudder in the steering wheel while braking. If the anti-lock brake system is wheels. the motor is slow the vehicle and reduce engine power. Gently press the brake pedal a braking of an internal combustion engine few times when driving from a car wash or and assist the standard brake system while standing water to dry the brakes. even under normal driving disabled. Move the transmission to park (P). the brake linings may be worn-out. conditions. Brakes GENERAL INFORMATION Anti-lock Brake System This system helps you maintain steering Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. 164 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. accelerator pedal is released. continuous grinding or the brakes from locking. E144522 parking brake. In effect. the system may be disabled. have the system See Warning Lamps and checked by an authorized dealer. have your vehicle towed the brake pedal is applied. normal braking is still effective. any interference. Some dust is inevitable as the brakes wear and does not contribute to If the brake warning lamp brake noise. apply the current. recovering some of the energy of motion Brake Over Accelerator and storing it in the battery to improve the range of your vehicle. the motor switch the engine off and apply the parking changes from an energy user to an energy brake. If none are found and the When the accelerator pedal is released or condition persists.

Note: Do not press the release button while pulling the lever up. Regenerative braking has Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and also been designed to interact with the facing downhill. shift the gearshift lever to anti-lock brake system. You may also hear a noise from the WARNINGS system. To apply the parking brake: 165 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. you are responsible for controlling your vehicle. When the battery 1. brake system is activated or the battery is To release the parking brake: fully charged. the and make sure you shift the gearshift system will be deactivated. HINTS ON DRIVING WITH 3. it only assists them. the amount of 2. Brakes standard friction braking. always apply the parking • You drive too closely to the vehicle in brake and shift the transmission into park front of you. Pull the parking brake lever up to its regenerative braking is limited to avoid fullest extent. When you leave your eliminate the risks when: vehicle. Regenerative park (P) and turn the steering wheel toward braking is disabled when the anti-lock the curb. Press the foot brake pedal firmly. is almost fully charged. Press the brake pedal firmly. enUSA. you have activated the system. Note: When the system is operating. During all times. 1. and the requested deceleration is produced by standard Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and friction braking alone. Press the release button and push the ANTI-LOCK BRAKES lever down. Switch the ignition off and remove the key whenever you leave The system makes it easier to pull away your vehicle. place of the standard friction brakes. when your vehicle is on a slope without the need to use the parking brake. First Printing . shift the gearshift lever to park (P) and turn the steering wheel away from Regenerative braking does not take the the curb. overcharging. The system does not replace the The anti-lock braking system will not parking brake. You must remain in your vehicle once • You take corners too fast. the brake pedal may pulse and may travel HILL START ASSIST further. • The road surface is poor. lever to park (P). Pull the lever up slightly. (P) (automatic transmission) or first gear (1) (manual transmission). WARNING If the engine is revved excessively. Maintain pressure on the brake pedal. if required. or Always set the parking brake fully if a malfunction is detected. facing uphill. • Your vehicle is hydroplaning. This is normal. PARKING BRAKE supervising the system and intervening. 2.

Drive off in the normal manner. The brakes will release automatically. 3. Bring your vehicle to a complete standstill. traffic lights or when reversing display. The system will remain on or off depending on how it was last set. When you remove your foot from the brake pedal. See Information Displays (page 93). This allows you time to move your vehicle is equipped with a manual foot from the brake to the accelerator transmission and an information display. any slope that will cause significant vehicle rollback. This hold time will automatically be extended if you are in the process of driving off. 166 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. 2. for example from a car manual transmission and an information park ramp. you cannot turn the system on or uphill into a parking space. the The system will activate automatically on system automatically turns on. This is an advantage when pulling If your vehicle is not equipped with a away on a slope. your vehicle will Switching the System On and Off remain stationary on the slope for two to three seconds after you release the brake You can switch this feature on or off if your pedal. Note: If your vehicle is equipped with Auto Hold. you can switch this feature off using the information display. Keep the brake pedal pressed and select an uphill gear (for example. 4. off. enUSA. The brakes release automatically See General Information (page 93). For vehicles with a manual transmission. your vehicle will remain on the slope without rolling away for about two or three seconds. The when the engine has sufficient torque to system remembers the last setting when prevent your vehicle from rolling down the you start your vehicle. the system will activate automatically. first (1) when facing uphill or reverse (R) when facing downhill). Hill Start Assist will not be available while Auto Hold is active. Brakes When the system is active. If the sensors detect that your vehicle is on a slope. grade. First Printing . Using Hill Start Assist 1. Note: There is no warning lamp to indicate the system is either on or off. pedal. When you switch the ignition on.

First Printing . system serviced by an authorized dealer • Illuminates if a problem occurs in either immediately. See General If your vehicle begins to slide. stability control and traction control light • Flashes when a driving condition is still illuminating steadily. the traction control disabled could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control. time you switch the ignition on. stability control remains fully active. information display. the system Information (page 93). Use the traction control switch on the the system reduces engine power in order instrument panel to switch the system off to increase traction. have the activates either of the systems. The switch illuminates when traction USING TRACTION CONTROL control is off. You can switch the system off by either using the information display controls or the switch. Operating your vehicle with of the systems. If the wheels spin when accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces. The stability and traction control vehicle rollover. Switching the System Off When you switch the system off or on. reduces engine power Using a Switch (If Equipped) at the same time. a message appears in the information display showing system status. 167 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. off light temporarily illuminates on engine start-up and stays on when you switch the traction control The system automatically turns on each system off. or on. personal injury and death. applies the brakes to individual wheels and. System Indicator Lights and WARNING Messages The stability and traction control The stability and traction control light illuminates steadily if the light: system detects a failure. Note: When you switch traction control off. If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow. If the start-up. enUSA. switching traction control off may be beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin. Make sure E138639 you did not manually disable the traction control system using the information • Temporarily illuminates on engine display controls or the switch. when needed. Traction Control PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Using the Information Display Controls The traction control system helps avoid You can switch this feature off or on in the drive wheel spin and loss of traction.

suspension. tire construction and wheel and tire size • Your vehicle slows down. DOWN. Activation of the it changes by applying the brakes to one electronic stability control system is an or more wheels individually. installing any • The brake pedal is stiffer than usual. control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver input for the conditions. SLOW Using Traction Control (page 167). 168 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Traction Control this could reduce the operator’s ability to control the vehicle potentially resulting in The system enhances your vehicle’s ability a loss of vehicle control. vehicle The system enhances your vehicle’s ability rollover. and the front seats in order to minimize the risk The stability control system has several of interfering with the electronic stability features built into it to help you maintain control sensors. The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on. aftermarket roof • The stability and traction control light racks. control system. steering system. stereo loudspeakers may interfere with • If the driving condition is severe and and adversely affect the electronic stability your foot is not on the brake. If your electronic detecting and controlling wheel spin. Stability Control PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION If a driving condition activates either the stability control or the traction control system you may experience the following WARNINGS conditions: Vehicle modifications involving braking system. to maintain traction of the wheels by personal injury and death. vehicle rollover. the tunnel. may change the handling characteristics • Reduced engine power. flashes. of your vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the electronic stability • A vibration in the brake pedal. In addition. physics. It’s always possible to lose reducing engine power. indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road. if necessary. First Printing . See stability control system activates. enUSA. the brake control system. personal injury and death. the front center console. to prevent skids or lateral slides by Remember that even advanced applying brakes to one or more of the technology cannot defy the laws of wheels individually and. Install any aftermarket pedal may move as the systems stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from applies higher brake forces. Reducing the control of your vehicle: effectiveness of the electronic stability control system could lead to an increased Electronic Stability Control risk of loss of vehicle control. Aggressive Roll Stability Control driving on any road condition can cause The system enhances your vehicle’s ability you to lose control of your vehicle to prevent rollovers by detecting your increasing the risk of personal injury or vehicle’s roll motion and the rate at which property damage.

First Printing . the system deactivates. USING STABILITY CONTROL The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on. You can switch the traction control system off or on. 169 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. but when you shift into reverse (R). Stability Control B B B A A B A E72903 A Vehicle without stability control skidding off its intended route. See Using Traction Control (page 167). B Vehicle with stability control maintaining control on a slippery surface. You cannot switch the stability control system off. enUSA.

always shift the transmission into reverse (R). please Note: If you attach certain add-on devices read and understand the limitations such as a trailer or bike rack. If the system detects a stationary or receding object farther than Note: Keep the sensors. It is suggested (generally large and fixed) objects when that you disable the rear sensing system moving on a flat surface at parking speeds. Do not clean the sensors with again. located on the 10 in (25 cm) from the corners of the bumper or fascia. free from snow. As your Certain add-on devices such as large vehicle moves closer to the obstacle. If a fault is present in the system. the tone sounds for only three large accumulations of dirt. traffic control obstacles within a certain range of your systems. The system turns on automatically weather. ice and bumper. the warning sounds affected. sharp objects. See Information Messages objects. fluorescent lamps. The rear sensors are only active when the transmission is in reverse (R). air brakes. The system is designed to (page 101). may (25 cm) away. when you attach an add-on device to your Certain objects with surfaces that absorb vehicle to prevent these warnings. 170 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. enUSA. The system may REAR PARKING AID not detect smaller objects. particularly those close to the ground. and any device that may block the When the obstacle is less than 10 in normal detection zone of the system. Once the system detects an are covered. the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms. the rear sensing of the system as contained in this system may detect that add-on device and section. and external motors whenever you switch the ignition on. continuously. the trailer hitches. WARNINGS To help avoid personal injury. leaving it misaligned or bent. ultrasonic waves. Note: If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper or fascia. the warning sounds create false beeps. the information display menu or from the pop-up message that appears once you To help avoid personal injury. bike or surfboard racks rate of the audible warning increases. provide a warning to assist the driver in detecting large stationary objects to avoid damaging your vehicle. and fans may also affect the function of the sensing system. If the sensors seconds. First Printing . surrounding vehicle's The sensing system warns the driver of parking aid systems. this may include The system can be switched off through reduced performance or a false activation. See use caution when in reverse (R) and General Information (page 93). See Principle of Operation (page 51). inclement vehicle. when using the sensing system. Parking Aids PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Note: The sensing system cannot be turned off when a MyKey is present. Sensing is only an aid for some therefore provide warnings. a warning This system is not designed to message appears in the information prevent contact with small or moving display. the system’s accuracy can be object approaching.

from the rear of the vehicle. For example. The front sensors are active when the transmission is in any position other than park (P) and the vehicle speed is below 8 mph (13 km/h). the lower vehicle at a speed of less than 3 mph pitched tone sounds. the following manner: • Objects detected by the front sensors The system detects certain objects while are indicated by a high-pitched tone the transmission is in reverse (R) : from the front of the vehicle. at the same less than 3 mph (5 km/h) and a moving time. First Printing . • Your vehicle is moving toward a • Objects detected by the rear sensors stationary object at a speed of 3 mph are indicated by a lower pitched tone (5 km/h) or less. (5 km/h). if (5 km/h) or less. Parking Aids E187330 Coverage area of up to 28 in (70 cm) from E130178 the front bumper. enUSA. an obstacle is 12 in (30 cm) from the • Your vehicle is moving at a speed of front of the vehicle and. an obstacle is only 6 in (15 cm) object is approaching the rear of your from the rear of the vehicle. There is decreased coverage area at the outer corners. There may be decreased The system sounds an audible warning coverage area at the outer corners of the when obstacles are near either bumper in bumper. • An alternating warning sounds from the front and rear if there are objects FRONT PARKING AID at both bumpers that are closer than 10 in (25 cm).8 m) from the rear bumper. 171 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. but a • The sensing system reports the moving object is approaching the rear obstacle which is closest to the front of your vehicle at a speed of 3 mph or rear of the vehicle. • Your vehicle is not moving. Coverage area of up to 6 ft (1.

in a collision) distance and speed. First Printing . The system visually and audibly instructs you to park the vehicle. The system may not function correctly if something passes between the front bumper and the parking space (i. Assist system after you have already driven partially or completely past a parking space. indicate which side of the vehicle you want Note: The sensors may not detect objects the system to search on. is in use.e. The driver is responsible for • the front bumper. supervising the Using Active Park Assist system and intervening if required. Parking Aids ACTIVE PARK ASSIST (If Equipped) The system should not be used if: • a foreign object (i. gearshift and brakes. It may not work in all conditions and is not • an overhanging object (i. enUSA. During this passenger side. 172 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. To do so. with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves. surfboard) intended to replace the driver’s attention is attached to the roof. supplementary park aid. Use the turn signal to disruptive reflections. Note: If the turn signal is not on. • a mini-spare tire is in use.e.e. rear bumper or side avoiding hazards and maintaining a safe sensors are damaged (i. The touch screen displays a message and a corresponding Note: The sensors may not detect objects graphic to indicate it's searching for a in heavy rain or other conditions that cause parking space. a pedestrian or cyclist) or if the edge of the neighboring parked vehicle is high from the E142733 ground (i.e. and judgment. tow truck or flatbed truck). even when the system or obstructed by a foreign object (i.e.e. bike rack or trailer) WARNING is attached to the front or rear of the vehicle or at another location close to This system is designed to be a the sensors. The system detects an available parallel parking space and automatically steers the vehicle into the space (hands-free) while you control the accelerator. Note: The driver is always responsible for controlling the vehicle. time the system performance may Note: You can also activate the Active Park deteriorate. the system Note: After a tire change the system will go automatically searches on the vehicle's through a relearning procedure. press the Active Park button and the system will inform you if you have recently passed a suitable parking space. front bumper cover). a bus. Press the button.

detected parking space (i. E130108 173 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. then follow the instructions on the touch screen. parallel to other vehicles as possible while passing a parking space. The selected space is suitable for parking. it offers the last one). a bus or a truck). Note: If vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph (10 km/h). enUSA. your vehicle back and forth in the space. Slow down and stop at speed. the touch Note: If driven above approximately 22 mph screen displays a message and a chime (35 km/h).e. example. if the vehicle your vehicle steers itself into the space. the touch screen shows a message to alert you to reduce vehicle sounds. You must make sure the completion. with your hands off the wheel Note: The system always offers the last (and nothing obstructing its movement). the system switches off. street furniture and other items may not be detected by Note: If a maneuver is interrupted before active park assist. steering wheel position will not indicate the actual position of the steering and you have Note: The vehicle should be driven as to full take control of the vehicle. the system switches off and you Note: Vehicles with overhanging loads (for need to take full control of the vehicle. When you shift the transmission into reverse (R). Parking Aids A E130107 When a suitable space is found. approximately position (A). detects multiple spaces while you are The system displays instructions to move driving. Automatic Steering into Parking Note: You must observe that the selected Space space remains clear of obstructions at all times in the maneuver. First Printing .

The transmission is in reverse (R). contact • driving above approximately 22 mph an authorized dealer to have your vehicle (35 km/h) for 30 seconds during an serviced. Parking Aids When you think the vehicle is properly parking aid. the • driving above 6 mph (10 km/h) during touch screen displays a message indicating automatic steering. Your vehicle must be moving forward to be able to detect a parking space. that the active park assist process is done • turning off the traction control system. The driver is responsible for checking the parking job Certain vehicle conditions can also and making any necessary corrections deactivate the system. Troubleshooting the System The system does not look for a space The traction control system may be off. First Printing . warning message is displayed. by: If a problem occurs with the system. may occur in normal operation. a • pressing the active park assist button. The system can be deactivated manually • Something touches the steering wheel. or you hear a solid tone from the stop. Occasional system messages automatic steering. bring the vehicle to a complete parked. followed • grabbing the steering wheel during by a chime. For recurring or frequent system faults. active park search. 174 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. and a tone sounds. enUSA. E130109 When automatic steering is finished. • Traction control has activated on a slippery or loose surface. Deactivating the Park Assist • There is an anti-lock brake system Feature activation or failure. such as: before putting the transmission in P (Park).

First Printing .e. Parking Aids The system does not offer a particular space The sensors may be covered (for example snow. ice or dirt buildup). The system performs best when the steering wheel is allowed to finish before accelerating. An irregular curb along the parking space prevents the system from aligning the vehicle properly. rolling forward when reverse [R] is selected). The temperature around your vehicle changes quickly (i. or after leaving a car wash). The transmission is in reverse (R). Covered sensors can affect the system's functionality. moving truck bed. driving from a heated garage into the cold. The vehicle is closer than 16 in (40 cm) from the parking space. The system performs best when you drive the same distance past the parking space. The tires may not be installed or maintained correctly (i. not inflated correctly. The parking space length or position of parked objects changed after your vehicle passed.e. etc. or of different sizes). There is not enough space for the parking maneuver on the opposite side of the parking space. improper size. A parked vehicle has a high attachment (i. Your vehicle must be moving forward to be able to detect a parking space. The system does not position the vehicle where I want in the space The vehicle is rolling in the opposite direction of the transmission (i.5 m) from the parking space. A repair or alteration has changed detection capabilities.). The vehicle was pulled too far past the parking space. You didn't wait for the steering wheel to complete its rotation after a gear change. Vehicles or objects bordering the space may not be positioned correctly. The vehicle is farther than 5 ft (1. enUSA. 175 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America.e. Your vehicle is going faster than 22 mph (35 km/h). snowplow.e. salt sprayer.

be out of position and the video image may The system uses three types of guides to be incorrect. • Centerline: Helps align the center of During operation. Use caution when using the rear The rear view camera system displays video camera and the liftgate is ajar. First Printing . might not be seen on the E162528 screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system. what is behind your vehicle when you place If the liftgate is ajar. Back up as slow as possible since Using the Rear View Camera higher speeds might limit your System reaction time to stop your vehicle. vehicle. in a straight line. and the luggage compartment is ajar. • Active guidelines: Show the intended Use caution when turning camera path of your vehicle when reversing. have the system inspected by your authorized dealer. 176 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. This can be helpful when backing into a parking space or The rear view camera system provides a aligning your vehicle with another video image of the area behind your object behind you. Note: If the image comes on while the transmission is not in reverse (R). Make sure your vehicle is not your vehicle is moving in while reversing moving. lines appear in the your vehicle with an object (for display which represent your vehicle’s path example. All guidelines have been help you see what is behind your vehicle: removed when the liftgate is ajar. and proximity to objects behind your Note: If the transmission is in reverse (R) vehicle. a trailer). enUSA. Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper. The camera is located on the liftgate. features on or off while in reverse • Fixed guidelines: Show the actual path (R). no rear view camera features are displayed. the camera will the transmission in reverse (R). Parking Aids REAR VIEW CAMERA (If Equipped) WARNINGS The rear view camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the interior and exterior mirrors for maximum coverage.

your vehicle might deviate from the original intended path. lint-free cloth and non-abrasive cleaner. This might not provide adequate coverage A B C D E as it usually provides in normal operation and some objects might not be seen. enUSA. First Printing . If the steering wheel position is changed while reversing. causing the camera to become misaligned. In some vehicles. • The camera's view is obstructed by mud. Parking Aids Note: When towing. Note: The camera may not operate correctly under the following conditions: • Nighttime or dark areas if one or both reverse lamps are not operating. • The rear of your vehicle is hit or damaged. the guidelines may disappear once the trailer tow connector is engaged. B Centerline Camera Guidelines C Fixed guideline: Green zone Note: Dynamic guidelines are only available D Fixed guideline: Yellow zone when the transmission is in reverse (R). To access any of the rear view camera system settings. the display screen shows a preview of the A Active guidelines selected features. Clean the lens with a soft. the camera only sees what is being towed behind your vehicle. To use active guidelines. water or debris. turn the steering wheel to point the guidelines toward an intended path. 177 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. E Fixed guideline: Red zone F Rear bumper Active guidelines are only shown with fixed guidelines. make the following selections in the display screen when the transmission is not in reverse (R): F • Menu > Vehicle > Rear View Camera E142436 After changing a system setting.

of reverse (R). Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF. the full area behind your vehicle is not shown. get better coverage on both sides and rear of your vehicle. increases. The zoomed position. When the sensing system detects an • You shift your vehicle into park (P). Rear Camera Delay (If Equipped) Enhanced Park Aids When you shift the transmission out of reverse (R) and into any gear while the rear Note: The reverse sensing system is not camera delay is active. The zoom is only is straight. Note: Manual zoom is only available when the transmission is in reverse (R). the feature automatically Objects in the red zone are closest to your turns off and must be reset when it is used vehicle and objects in the green zone are again. The default setting for the rear camera delay is OFF. Use the and -. The active guidelines are not image keeps the bumper in the image to shown when the steering wheel position provide a reference. 178 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. First Printing . only the centerline is shown. it displays red. enUSA. farther away. and OFF. Objects are getting closer to your vehicle as they move from the green Selectable settings for this feature are + zone to the yellow or red zones. active while the transmission is in reverse (R). The alert Selectable settings for this feature are ON highlights all objects detected. object. yellow and green highlights at the top of the image. Parking Aids The fixed and active guidelines fade in and This allows you to get a closer view of an out depending on the steering wheel object behind your vehicle. the camera image effective at speeds above 7 mph (12 km/h) displays until: and may not detect certain angular or • Your vehicle speed sufficiently moving objects. When the transmission is shifted out Always use caution while reversing. Note: When manual zoom is enabled. The default setting for the manual side view mirrors and rear view mirror to zoom is OFF. Be aware of your surroundings when using the manual zoom feature. Manual Zoom WARNING When manual zoom is on.

The system will not apply the brakes but a warning displays. refer to ECO Failure to follow this warning could result Cruise and EcoSelect. Characteristics (page 135). Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the The indicator appears in the accelerator pedal. the battery charging vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph system and engine work together to help (16 km/h) below the set speed while driving maintain your set speed. in heavy traffic or when the Energi vehicles: ECO Cruise can be turned road surface is slippery. See Unique Driving in serious personal injury or death. Cruise Control PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Switching Cruise Control On Press and release ON. 3. injury or death. your WARNINGS vehicle may temporarily lose speed when Do not use cruise control on winding going uphill. Press and release SET+ or SET-. serious See Information Displays (page 93). 2. the set speed. control when your vehicle speed is greater E71340 than 20 mph (30 km/h). Engine noise may uphill. For additional information. Hybrid vehicles: ECO Cruise is included in When you are going downhill. Note: When you are going downhill while Note: Cruise control will disengage if the using cruise control. enUSA. Setting the Cruise Speed 1. E142437 The cruise controls are on the steering wheel. This could on or off through the information display. increase or decrease under these conditions. result in loss of vehicle control. You can use cruise instrument cluster. Drive to desired speed. roads. For example. This feature saves vehicle USING CRUISE CONTROL energy by relaxing acceleration compared to standard cruise control. Note: Using cruise control with ECO Cruise switched on may change the operation of the system. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. First Printing . your EcoSelect which is turned on or off using vehicle speed may increase above the ECO button on the center console. 179 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America.

The set speed does not erase. Note: You erase the set speed when you switch the system off. Switching Cruise Control Off Press and release OFF when the system is in stand by mode or switch the ignition off. Canceling the Set Speed Pull and release CAN toward you or tap the brake pedal. enUSA. • Press and hold SET+ or SET-. Press and release SET+. 180 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. First Printing . Release the control when you reach the desired speed. Cruise Control Changing the Set Speed • Press and release SET+ or SET-. Resuming the Set Speed Pull and release RES toward you. • Press the accelerator or brake pedal until you reach the desired speed. When you select km/h as the display measurement in the information display the set speed changes in approximately 2 km/h increments. When you select mph as the display measurement in the information display the set speed changes in approximately 1 mph increments.

You do not lose the ability to steer your vehicle manually. the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed. If a steering system Adaptive Learning warning message returns. you must drive your Your vehicle has an electric power steering vehicle a short distance before the system system. Driving Aids STEERING Steering Tips If the steering wanders or pulls. electric power steering assistance is lost. No relearns the strategy and reactivates all maintenance is required. If • Loose or worn steering components. continuously monitor the system. a message displays in the information display. crosswinds may also make the steering switch the ignition on and watch the seem to wander or pull. After at least 10 seconds. Stop your vehicle • Improper vehicle alignment. Switch the Note: A high crown in the road or high ignition off. The steering system still operates and you can steer your vehicle manually. If your vehicle loses electrical power while you are driving. a fault is detected. WARNINGS • Uneven tire wear. Typical steering and driving maneuvers allow the system to cool and return to normal operation. whenever result in loss of steering control. you irregularities and improves overall handling may not feel a difference in the and steering feel. however a serious condition the brake system to help operate may exist. The electronic power steering system adaptive learning helps correct road If the system detects an error. check for: Electric Power Steering • Correct tire pressures. First Printing . as soon as it is safe to do so. systems. have the system checked by an authorized dealer. information display for a steering system warning message. This increased effort prevents overheating and permanent damage to the steering system. There is no fluid reservoir. It communicates with steering. failure to do so may avoidance systems. 181 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. The electric power steering system • Loose or worn suspension has diagnostic checks that components. Extreme continuous steering may increase the effort required for you to steer your vehicle. Manually steering your vehicle requires more effort. Additionally. enUSA. Obtain immediate service from advanced stability control and accident an authorized dealer.

and then lift the shade out of the mounting feature. Do not place any objects on the cargo area shade. You will see a red mark when the lever is unlatched. enUSA. 182 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Load Carrying REAR UNDER FLOOR STORAGE E164183 Insert the ends of the cargo shade into the mounting features located behind the rear E162198 seat on the rear trim panels to install the cargo shade. The cover may cause injury in a sudden stop or accident if it is not securely installed. E162195 Press the release lever on each side forward. First Printing . Secure both ends of the support rod into the retention slots located on the WARNINGS rear quarter trim panels. LUGGAGE COVERS 2. 1. Pull the rear edge of the cargo shade rearward. Use the cargo shade to cover items in the cargo area of your vehicle. Make sure that the posts are properly Removing the Shade latched in mounting features. They may obstruct your vision or strike occupants of your vehicle in a sudden stop or crash. Lift the To operate the cargo shade: handle to unlatch the lid. The under floor storage compartments are located behind the front seats.

Load Carrying LOAD LIMIT the following terms for determining your vehicle’s weight Vehicle Loading . Look for “THE equipment from the payload listed on the Tire Label in order to COMBINED WEIGHT OF determine the new payload.is the weight vehicle weight within its design of the vehicle including full fluids rating capability. Before loading your weight of your new vehicle when vehicle. enUSA. or optional equipment. vehicle will provide maximum cargo. return of vehicle design Vehicle Curb Weight .is the performance.” for maximum 183 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America.with and ratings.is the combined weight payload. with or without a trailer. First Printing . OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg OR XXX lb. with or without and all standard equipment. It a trailer. The maximum payload for the vehicle as built by payload for your vehicle can be the assembly plant. PAYLOAD E143816 Payload . The payload listed on the of cargo and passengers that the Tire Label is the maximum vehicle is carrying. If you install found on the Tire Label on the any aftermarket or B-Pillar or the edge of the driver authorized-dealer installed door (vehicles exported outside equipment on the vehicle. you the US and Canada may not have must subtract the weight of the a Tire Label). to keep your loaded Base Curb Weight . familiarize yourself with you picked it up from your authorized dealer plus any aftermarket equipment. trailer or both. Properly loading your does not include passengers. without a Trailer from the vehicle’s Tire Label or Safety Compliance Certification This section will guide you in the Label: proper loading of your vehicle.

First Printing . even if there is space E210944 available. enUSA. do not add more cargo. Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle. Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover. E210945 CARGO E143817 184 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Load Carrying WARNING Example only: The appropriate loading capacity of your vehicle can be limited either by volume capacity (how much space is available) or by payload capacity (how much weight the vehicle should carry).

includes all Certification Label. cargo. next to the driver's seating weight is also part of cargo weight. or the door optional equipment. Load Carrying Cargo Weight . passengers Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) including Note: For trailer towing vehicle curb weight and all information refer to the RV and payload. edge that meets the door-latch trailer tongue load or king pin post. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) . The label shall be affixed is the Vehicle Curb Weight. door-latch post. equipment. enUSA. position. Label. Rating) . The label shall weight added to the Base Curb be affixed to either the door hinge Weight. First Printing . When towing. Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer. door-latch post. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAW (Gross Axle Weight) . plus to either the door hinge pillar.is the maximum next to the driver's seating allowable weight of the fully position. and cargo). plus passengers.is Gross Axle Weight Rating.is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). including cargo and pillar. The Gross Vehicle loaded vehicle (including all Weight must never exceed the options. It is shown on the 185 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance GVW E143818 Safety Compliance Certification GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) . or the door edge GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight that meets the door-latch post.

loss of control and personal injury. GCW GVW E143819 186 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. enUSA. engine. transmission and/or structural damage. Load Carrying Example only: E198828 WARNING Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification Label vehicle weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling or performance. First Printing . serious damage to the vehicle.

and GAWR limitations. including 0.is the highest possible limitations. For an damage. Rating of the towing vehicle. The Do not use replacement tires Gross Combined Weight must with lower load carrying never exceed the Gross capacities than the original tires Combined Weight Rating. GCWR (Gross Combined Examples: For a 5000 pound Weight Rating) . (Important: The towing 11500 pound (5216 kilogram) fifth vehicle’s braking system is rated wheel trailer. Consult an authorized dealer (or the RV and Steps for determining the Trailer Towing Guide available at correct load limit: an authorized dealer) for more detailed information. because they may lower the Maximum Loaded Trailer vehicle’s GVWR and GAWR Weight . It assumes a tires do not increase the GVWR vehicle with mandatory options. Separate functional brakes should be used for safe control of towed WARNINGS vehicles and for trailers where the Do not exceed the GVWR or Gross Combined Weight of the the GAWR specified on the towing vehicle plus the trailer Safety Compliance Certification exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Label. no cargo weight (internal in serious damage to the vehicle or external) and a tongue load of and/or personal injury.15 and for operation at Gross Vehicle 0.25 to obtain a proper king pin Weight Rating. not at Gross load range of 1725 to 2875 pounds Combined Weight Rating. Replacement tires weight of a fully loaded trailer the with a higher limit than the original vehicle can tow. First Printing .) (782 to 1304 kilograms). that the load range of 500 to 750 pounds vehicle can handle without risking (227 to 340 kilograms). enUSA.10 and and the loaded trailer. multiply 5000 by 0.refers to the the weight of the fully loaded amount of the weight that a trailer trailer. 10–15% (conventional trailer) or king pin weight of 15–25% (fifth wheel trailer). Load Carrying GCW (Gross Combined Weight) Tongue Load or Fifth Wheel . pushes down on a trailer hitch. driver and front passenger weight Exceeding any vehicle weight (150 pounds [68 kilograms] rating limitation could result each). multiply by 0.is the Gross Vehicle Weight plus King Pin Weight .15 to obtain a proper tongue all cargo and passengers. 187 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America.is the maximum (2268 kilogram) conventional allowable weight of the vehicle trailer.

Determine the combined one of your friends decide to pick weight of luggage and cargo up cement from the local home being loaded on the vehicle. the calculation would 188 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. You and 5. enUSA.5 kilograms) = 635 . (2 x 220) ." on your to go golfing. First Printing . if the “XXX” amount the calculation would be: 635 equals 1. Locate the statement "The *Suppose your vehicle has a combined weight of occupants 1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo and cargo should never exceed and luggage capacity. Load Carrying 1.(5 x 99 kilograms) - be five 150 lb.(5 x 30) = 1400 .(12 x 100) = 1400 . 3. the amount of 67. available cargo and luggage the calculation would be: 1400 - load capacity of your vehicle.1200 = . Subtract the combined weight The calculation would be: 1400 - of the driver and passengers (5 x 220) . you do examples on how to calculate the not have enough cargo capacity available amount of cargo and to carry that much weight. Measuring the luggage load capacity inside of the vehicle with the rear calculated in Step 4. Determine the combined friends and all the golf bags? You weight of the driver and and four friends average 220 passengers that will be riding pounds (99 kilograms) each and in your vehicle. and there will kilograms . available cargo and luggage *Suppose your vehicle has a load capacity is 650 lb.495 - your vehicle.150 = 150 pounds. you have 4. Yes. seat folded down. In metric units. The resulting figure equals the enough load capacity in your available amount of cargo and vehicle to transport four friends luggage load capacity. For and your golf bags.1100 from XXX kg or XXX lb. four of your 2.440 The following gives you a few . example. Is there enough load vehicle’s placard.5 = 72. . No. passengers in (5 x 13. Do trailer. In luggage load capacity: metric units. You decide XXX kg or XXX lb.) and luggage capacity. If your vehicle will be towing a (45-kilogram) bags of cement. capacity to carry you.400 lb. Consult this manual to home? If you and your friend each determine how this reduces the weigh 220 pounds (99 kilograms). the golf bags weigh approximately 30 pounds (13. improvement store to finish that That weight may not safely patio you have been planning for exceed the available cargo and the past two years. load from your trailer you have enough load capacity to will be transferred to your transport the cement to your vehicle.5 kilograms) each.5 kilograms. 1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lb. you have room for twelve 100-pound 6.240 pounds.

First Printing .198 .198 . The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle in a manner that does not overload the Front or the Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Certification Label. You will need to reduce the load weight by at least 240 pounds (104 kilograms). enUSA. Now you have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home. or the door edge that meets the door-latch post.(12 x 45 kilograms) = 635 .(2 x 99 kilograms) .405 = 32 kilograms.540 = -103 kilograms. Load Carrying be: 635 kilograms .(9 x 45 kilograms) = 635 . The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar.440 - 900 = 60 pounds. 189 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. then the load calculation would be: 1400 .(9 x 100) = 1400 . In metric units. door-latch post.(2 x 99 kilograms) . next to the driver's seating position. the calculation would be: 635 kilograms . If you remove three 100-pound (45-kilogram) cement bags.(2 x 220) .

Ford WARNING Motor Company has not approved a Your vehicle is not approved slingbelt towing procedure. 190 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. it can be flat-towed (all wheels contact a professional towing service or. • The transmission in position N. Towing TOWING A TRAILER We recommend the use of a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your vehicle. regardless of the powertrain if you are a member of a roadside and transmission configuration) under the assistance program. If your vehicle becomes inoperable E143886 (without access to wheel dollies. a trailer with your vehicle. or flatbed transport If you need to have your vehicle towed. First Printing . See Automatic Transmission (page 161). Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook-up and towing procedures for your vehicle. Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE operators. you may need to override it. The front wheels (drive wheels) must be on a tow dolly when towing your vehicle from the rear using wheel lift equipment. This prevents damage to the rear fascia. TOWING THE VEHICLE ON FOUR WHEELS Emergency Towing WARNING If your vehicle has a steering wheel lock make sure the ignition is in the accessory or on position when being towed. Do not tow with a slingbelt. • Tow only in the forward direction. enUSA. Vehicle damage may occur if towed incorrectly. We recommend placing the rear wheels on a tow dolly when towing your vehicle from the front using wheel lift equipment. your roadside following conditions: assistance service provider. car-hauling trailer. Never tow by any other means. or for trailer towing. vehicle). This prevents damage to the transmission. on the ground. If you cannot move the transmission into N.

pedal. Vehicles with Ignition Key • Maximum distance is 50 miles (80 1.) damage to your transmission. • Do not exceed 70 mph (113 km/h). to run for one minute at the beginning • Release the parking brake. 191 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Press the brake pedal and shift the Note: Put your climate control system in transmission into position N. The key position is between the Follow these guidelines if you have a need accessory and off positions. START/STOP button until the vehicle starts. See for recreational (RV) towing. Press the brake pedal and shift the may appear in the information display when transmission into position N. Start the vehicle by pressing the brake kilometers). (Trip of recreational towing would be towing Summary appears in the left your vehicle behind a motorhome. ENGINE START/STOP button once. and then pressing the ENGINE position. Note: A SHIFT TO PARK or TRANSMISSION NOT IN PARK message 2. place the transmission back into 1. If you tow your vehicle with all four wheels • Place the transmission in position P. We instrument cluster screen when the designed these guidelines to prevent vehicle is off. the transmission is in position N and the 3. of each day (you may need to press the accelerator pedal in order to start the Vehicles with Push Button Start engine). on the ground: start the vehicle. you cannot remove the key from wheels on the ground or with the front the ignition cylinder when the transmission wheels off the ground by using a tow dolly. Note: If your vehicle is equipped with an You can tow your vehicle with all four ignition key. enUSA. Turn the vehicle off by turning the fumes from entering the vehicle.) Note: You can remove the key fob from the vehicle while towing. and allow the engine • Tow only in the forward direction. If you are using a tow dolly follow the instructions specified by the equipment All Vehicles provider. is in position N and the vehicle is off. Climate Control (page 108). and then turning the ignition key until the vehicle starts. Start the vehicle by pressing the brake position N and the ignition in the off pedal. After allowing the vehicle to run. An example Ignition Switch (page 129). Recreational Towing 2. recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust 3. Towing • Maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/h). (Trip Summary appears in the left instrument cluster screen when the vehicle is off. See ignition key past the accessory position. Turn the vehicle off by pressing the ignition is in the off position. First Printing .

way back home. • Switch off the heater if you do not need • Close the windows for high-speed it. plug in and • The conditions you drive your vehicle recharge the high voltage battery in. economy. This may save fuel by reducing the energy needed to heat the cabin. See Cruise • Drive your vehicle at reasonable Control (page 179). You may improve your fuel economy by • Use ECO Cruise Control. running errands. During this time. whenever possible. it at the lowest blower and • Use the recommended engine oil. longer need it for visibility. use carrying heavy loads up steep grades preconditioning to improve your fuel during the break-in period. Driving Hints BREAKING-IN • Switch off the air conditioning if you do not need it. • For the C-MAX Energi. • How you maintain your vehicle. When you have the air You need to break in new tires for conditioning on. Otherwise. speeds. use drive gear (D) shift position. For information on enabling eco-cruise. go to the farthest • Keep the tires properly inflated and use destination first and then work your only the recommended size. avoid • For the C-MAX Energi. park in a sunny location or a climate-controlled environment. See temperature setting necessary to be Capacities and Specifications (page comfortable. enUSA. • When it is cold outside. 276). your vehicle setting necessary to be comfortable. ECONOMICAL DRIVING • Switch off the heated seats if you are not using them. The engine also needs to in a shaded or climate-controlled break in. engine braking is needed. keep driving. (1600 kilometers). parking characteristics. A warmed up • Anticipate stops. • Drive at steady speeds without stopping. • Combine errands and minimize stop-and-go driving. especially in keeping these in mind: hilly terrain. If possible. When vehicle may eliminate the need to stop. Traveling at 65 mph (105 km/h) uses about 15% less fuel • Shift into low gear (L) when enhanced than traveling at 75 mph (121 km/h). Avoid hard accelerations and environment will save fuel by reducing driving too fast for the first 1000 miles the energy needed to cool the cabin. When you have the heater on. keep it at the lowest approximately 300 miles (480 blower and highest temperature kilometers). First Printing . See High Voltage Battery (page 153). 192 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. may exhibit some unusual driving • When it is hot or sunny outside. Your fuel economy depends on: • Switch off the defroster when you no • How you drive your vehicle. Slowing down your engine works more efficiently.

Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the front • Avoid long idle periods. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 348). WARNING • Use the coach and brake coach display to get feedback on your economical Do not drive through flowing or deep drive style. • Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving. drive Things to keep in mind when you refuel very slowly and do not stop your vehicle. For more information. switching off your vehicle. your vehicle: Your brake performance and traction may • Fuel generates fewer vapors when it is be limited. • Avoid adding accessories that increase aerodynamic drag to your vehicle such as bug deflectors. rocker area of your vehicle. Accelerate and slow Note: Engine damage can occur if water down in a smooth. moderate fashion. vehicle. When driving through standing water. See water as you may lose control of your Information Displays (page 93). brakes and to check that they work. • Avoid sudden or hard accelerations and decelerations. recommended rating will lower your fuel economy. enUSA. Driving Hints • Perform all regularly scheduled DRIVING THROUGH WATER maintenance. fuel. After driving through water and cool and dark outside. car top carriers and ski or bike racks. • Use the recommended octane-rated • Check that the horn works. Using fuel below the • Check that the exterior lights work. • Turn the steering wheel to check that the steering power assist works.4 kilometers per liter) is lost for every 400 lb (180 kg) of weight carried. 193 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. • Do not warm up your vehicle on cold mornings. • Avoid driving with the wheels out of E176360 alignment. Refuel your as soon as it is safe to do so: vehicle in the early morning or late • Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the evening. First Printing . • Avoid carrying unnecessary weight. enters the air filter. • Avoid revving the engine before Before driving through standing water. check the depth. Avoid these actions because they reduce Note: Driving through standing water can your fuel economy: cause vehicle damage. Approximately 1 mile per gallon (0.

with the pedals or the ability to control the vehicle. other ways. leave the pedal area unobstructed. Pedals that cannot move freely can cause loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of serious personal injury. Always make sure that the floor mats are properly attached to the retention posts in the carpet that are supplied with your vehicle. reverse the installation procedure. Objects designed to fit the foot well of your that are loose can become trapped under vehicle. To remove the floor mat. enUSA. position the floor mat cannot be properly secured to so that the eyelet is over the retention post prevent them from moving and interfering and press down to lock in. Floor mats must be properly secured to both retention posts to make sure mats do not shift out of position. First Printing . Never place floor mats or any other covering on top of already installed floor mats. Only Failure to properly follow floor mat use floor mats that are firmly secured to installation or attachment retention posts so that they cannot slip out instructions can potentially cause of position and interfere with the pedals interference with pedal operation causing or impair safe operation of your vehicle in a loss of vehicle control. 194 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Floor mats should always rest on top of vehicle carpeting surface and not another floor mat or other covering. Additional floor mats or any other covering will reduce the pedal clearance and potentially interfere with pedal operation. Only use floor mats that the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control. Driving Hints FLOOR MATS WARNINGS Always make sure that objects WARNINGS cannot fall into the driver foot well Always use floor mats that are while the vehicle is moving. Check attachment of floor mats on a regular basis. Always properly reinstall and secure floor mats that have been removed for cleaning or replacement. Never place floor mats or any other E142666 covering in the vehicle foot well that To install floor mats.

if not prohibited by state. no recoveries. If the towing vehicle is Warranty. glove compartment.5 m) of a paved or county maintained road. vehicle concern. Roadside Emergencies ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE authorized dealer. This program is vehicle requires service at the nearest separate from the New Vehicle Limited authorized dealer. First Printing . (30. Vehicles Sold in the United States: Using Roadside Assistance Roadside Assistance covers: Complete the roadside assistance • A flat tire change with a good spare. then the • 24 hours a day. shall deliver up reimburses a reasonable amount for to 2 gal (7. This program disablement location or to the nearest is eligible within Canada or the continental United States. the member shall be responsible for any mileage To fully assist you should you have a costs in excess of 35 mi (56 km). shall tow Ford vehicle concern. To fully assist you should you have a local or municipal law. • Fuel delivery — independent service If you need to arrange roadside assistance contractors. This card is in vehicles supplied with a tire inflation the owner's information portfolio in the kit). seven days a week. occurrences within a 12-month period. • Battery jump start. If a member requests a tow to an authorized dealer Vehicles Sold in the United States: that is more than 35 mi (56 km) from Getting Roadside Assistance the disablement location.6 L) of gasoline or 5 gal towing to the nearest dealership within (18. for yourself. United States Ford vehicle customers who • Lock-out assistance (key replacement require Roadside Assistance. call cost is the customer's responsibility). enUSA. The service is available: operational but the trailer is not. Ford Motor Company local or municipal law. trailer does not qualify for any roadside • For the coverage period listed on the services. United States Ford vehicle delivery service to two no-charge customers call 1-800-241-3673. Roadside Assistance limits fuel information. if identification card and place it in your provided with the vehicle (except wallet for quick reference. 195 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Customers need to submit their original • Winch out — available within 100 ft receipts.9 L) of diesel fuel to a disabled 35 mi (56 km). Limited offers a complimentary within 35 mi (56 km) of the roadside assistance program. Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting • Towing — independent service Roadside Assistance contractors. Roadside Assistance Card included in your Owner's Manual portfolio. Ford Motor Company of eligible vehicles to an authorized dealer Canada. To obtain reimbursement vehicle. 1-800-241-3673. if not prohibited by state. Ford Motor Company Roadside Assistance includes up to $200 offers a complimentary roadside for a towed trailer if the disabled eligible assistance program.

this card is found in the shut-off feature that stops the flow of fuel Warranty Guide in the glove compartment to the engine. Switch on the ignition. repeat Steps our website at www. or visit the Ready to Drive light. a shut-off. Not every impact will cause of your vehicle. but the electric you may contact your dealer. 1. For vehicles equipped with a push button HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS start system: Note: If used when the vehicle is not 1. collision. may be insufficient power to restart your 2. Canadian roadside coverage and benefits may differ from the U. but the electric motorists. Press the push button start to switch running. this vehicle has a fuel pump In Canada. Roadside Emergencies This program is separate from the New FUEL SHUTOFF Vehicle Limited Warranty.ford. and the front and rear direction indicators will flash. you can call motor may be running. Canadian customers who require roadside repair fuel leaks after a collision may assistance. Switch off the ignition. Assistance Program Coverage For vehicles equipped with a key system: The service is available 24 hours a day. Press the brake pedal and press the vehicle. push button start to switch on the The hazard warning button is ignition. If you do not see us in Canada at 1-800-665-2006. call 1-800-665-2006.S. located on the instrument panel. but the coverage is concurrent with the powertrain coverage WARNING period of your vehicle. repeat Steps • Press the button to turn on the hazard 1 and 2 up to two more times. If you do not see the Ready to Drive light. coverage. Check the information display for the Use it when your vehicle is Ready to Drive light as the gasoline creating a safety hazard for other engine may not start. Check the information display for the Ready to Drive light as the gasoline For complete program coverage details engine may not start. if necessary. First Printing . Failure to inspect and. • Press the button again to turn them off. 2. Ford Motor Company recommends Roadside Assistance that the fuel system be inspected by an authorized dealer after any collision. warning function.ca. Should your vehicle shut off after a Vehicles Sold in Canada: Roadside collision. There off the ignition. the battery will lose charge. seven days a week. enUSA. Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your In the event of a moderate to severe wallet for quick reference. motor may be running. 3. increase the risk of fire and serious Vehicles Sold in Canada: Using injury. 1 and 2 up to two more times. 3. you may restart your vehicle. 196 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America.

197 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. eyes and clothing. if contacted. Set the parking brake on both vehicles and stay clear of the engine cooling fan and other moving parts. Your vehicle has a 12-volt battery that has Note: In the event that your vehicle does two prongs accessible from under the not restart after your third attempt. Check all battery terminals and remove any excessive corrosion before you attach the battery cables. An explosion could result in injury or vehicle damage. Turn all other accessories off. First Printing . Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle making sure the two vehicles do not touch. WARNINGS The gases around the battery can explode if exposed to flames. 2. Turn the heater fan on in both vehicles after a fuel shutoff. Roadside Emergencies Note: When you try to restart your vehicle 3. same way conventional vehicles can by using these prongs. Ensure that vent caps are tight and level. the vehicle on the Preparing Your Vehicle bottom is used to designate the assisting (boosting) battery. Positive prong (+) vehicle with an automatic transmission B. enUSA. that the electrical system is safe to restart. Attempting to push-start a A. 1. Negative prong (-) may cause transmission damage. disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle's electrical system. the vehicle makes sure to protect from any electrical surges. Do not attempt to push-start your automatic transmission vehicle. Your vehicle can be jumped the an authorized dealer. Note: In the illustration. contact hood. Automatic E192363 transmissions do not have push-start capability. Once your vehicle determines that the electrical system is safe. sparks or lit cigarettes. Note: Use only a 12-volt supply to start your vehicle. The illustration below shows the two connector prongs used for JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE jump-starting your vehicle. then the vehicle Connecting the Jumper Cables will allow you to restart. Note: Remove the red cap from the positive prong (A) on your vehicle before connecting Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the the cables. Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin.

belts. 4. or any fuel delivery system parts. (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal Note: In the illustration. Note: Do not attach the negative (-) cable to fuel lines. Connect the other end of the positive order that they were connected. A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery. enUSA. negative (-) terminal of the assisting battery. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable to the positive (+) prong (A) of the Removing the Jumper Cables discharged battery. Remove the jumper cables in the reverse 2. 3. the vehicle on the of the assisting battery. Start the booster vehicle and press the accelerator pedal moderately. run both vehicles for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the E148861 jumper cables. Once you start the disabled vehicle. Connect the negative (-) cable to the (boosting) battery. Make sure that the cables are clear of fan blades. Always use the negative prong as a grounding point. Jump Starting 1. First Printing . 2. Start the disabled vehicle. bottom is used to designate the assisting 3. 1. Roadside Emergencies WARNING Never connect the negative end of the cable to the negative (-) terminal of the discharged battery. the intake manifold or electrical components. engine rocker covers. These items should not be considered grounding points. the moving parts of both engines. but the electric motor may be running. 198 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Check the instrument cluster for the Ready to Drive light as the gasoline engine may not start. Make the final connection of the negative (-) cable to the negative (-) prong (B) of your vehicle.

First Printing . • Venting/off-gassing high-voltage E148862 battery vapors are potentially toxic and flammable. positive (+) prong of the disabled • Review the owner’s manual and vehicle's battery. enUSA. The 12V battery will Dealer or vehicle manufacturer receive power from the high-voltage representative for service. Remove the jumper cable from the vehicle. negative (-) terminal of the booster flammable gases and fire. 1. The disabled vehicle can electric and hybrid-electric vehicles charge the 12V battery even if the gasoline yourself. • Exposed electrical components. Roadside Emergencies COLLISION. Vehicle Information and General 3. become familiar with your vehicle’s safety information and recommended After disconnecting the jumper cables. • Know the make and model of your 4. 199 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Contact an authorized Ford engine may be off. wires and high-voltage batteries present potential high-voltage shock hazards. Remove the jumper cable from the Safety Practices positive (+) terminal of the booster vehicle's battery. Remove the jumper cable from the • Physical damage to the vehicle or negative prong. the disabled vehicle sit in Ready to Drive mode for several minutes to charge the • Do not attempt to repair damaged 12V battery. let safety practices. vehicle's battery. high-voltage battery may result in 2. DAMAGE OR FIRE EVENT Guidance for Ford Motor Company Electric and Hybrid-Electric Vehicles Equipped With High Voltage Batteries (Vehicle Owner/Operator/General Public) Electric and Hybrid-Electric Vehicle Considerations In the event of damage or fire involving an electric vehicle (EV) or hybrid-electric vehicle (HEV): • Always assume the high-voltage battery and associated components are energized and fully charged. Remove the jumper cable on the immediate or delayed release of toxic. battery instead.

• Exit the vehicle immediately. notify Ford gases. vapors or gas from the vehicle. (then follow the prompts on the voice response menu). • Avoid contact with leaking fluids and • For vehicles in Canada. notify advise that an electric or hybrid-electric Ford Motor Company 1-800-392-3673 vehicle is involved. high-voltage battery. • Do not store a severely damaged • Place your vehicle in Park. • Make sure that passenger and cargo compartments remain ventilated (i. call 911 immediately if sparks. do not inhale smoke. smoke or flames. • Stay out of the roadway and stay out If possible of the way of any oncoming traffic • Move your car to a safe. door or trunk). an authorized Ford • Do not touch exposed electrical dealer or service center as soon as components or the engine possible as there may be other steps compartment. an authorized Ford • When emergency responders arrive. As with any vehicle. responders. Always open window. require an emergency response for conventional vehicles would also require • Remain a safe distance from the the same response for an electric or vehicle and try to stay clear of the hybrid-electric vehicle. Fires • Call 911 if you observe leaking fluids. dealer or service center as soon as tell them that the vehicle involved is an possible as there may be other steps electric vehicle or hybrid vehicle. turn off the vehicle. and remain out of the way of Motor Company 1-800-565-3673 oncoming traffic until emergency (then follow the prompts on the voice responders arrive. high-voltage battery.e. your key(s) at least 16 feet (5 meters) away from the vehicle. • Call 911 if assistance is needed and • For vehicles in the United States. smoke or flames coming gurgling or bubbling from the from the vehicle. • Advise 911 that an electric or hybrid-electric vehicle is involved. as a shock hazard may to secure and discharge the exist. smoke. and move meters) of any structure or vehicle. Roadside Emergencies Crashes • As with any vehicle fire. response menu). nearby while awaiting the arrival of emergency location and remain on the scene. to secure and discharge the high-voltage battery. enUSA. • Roll down the windows before shutting Post-Incident your vehicle off. First Printing . set the vehicle with a lithium-ion battery inside parking brake. a structure or within 50 feet (15 activate the hazard lights. or hear you see sparks. A crash or impact significant enough to as they may be hazardous. 200 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America.

enUSA. • Your vehicle runs out of power. side curtain or Safety Canopy) or the safety belt pretensioners. The horn and indicators will turn off when: • You press the hazard control button. side. Roadside Emergencies POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM The system flashes the direction indicators and sounds the horn (intermittently) in the event of a serious impact that deploys an airbag (front. • You press the panic button on the remote entry transmitter (if equipped). 201 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. First Printing .

First Printing . Repairs will be Customer Relationship Centre made using Ford or Motorcraft® parts. Ontario L6K 0C8 Away From Home Telephone If you are away from home when your 1-800-565-3673 (FORD) vehicle needs service. your continued satisfaction. MI 48126 If you have questions or concerns. This means • Ford Extended Service Plans. available online: 202 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. dealer locator by Dealer Name. In Canada: A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle Mailing address to the authorized dealer. or Ford Motor Company of Canada. contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center or use the Website online resources listed below to find the nearest authorized dealer. you may have to take your vehicle • Service specials and promotions. Contact your Sales Representative or 1-800-232-5952) Service Advisor at your selling or Additional information and resources are servicing authorized dealer. we found online: recommend you return to your selling • U.S. enUSA.O. Please note that certain warranty repairs • Maintenance Schedules. so • Recalls.ca In the United States: Twitter Mailing address @FordServiceCA (English Canada) Ford Motor Company @FordServiceQC (Quebec) Customer Relationship Center P.ford. depending on the warranty repair • Ford Genuine Accessories.ford. Limited remanufactured or other parts that are P. follow these steps: (TDD for the hearing impaired: 1. Oakville. www. authorized dealer who wants to ensure City/State or Zip Code. Customer Assistance GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED Website www. Box 2000 authorized by Ford. require special training and equipment.owner. or are Telephone unsatisfied with the service you are 1-800-392-3673 (FORD) receiving. that. While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle These are some of the items that can be line will provide warranty service. to another authorized dealer. needed.O. • Owner Manuals. not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs. Box 6248 Additional Assistance Dearborn.com Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized dealer.

MI 48126 203 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. and Ford is also the first 18000 miles (29 000 km). If you require assistance or clarification representative is unable to repair a motor on Ford Motor Company policies. value or safety of the vehicle) remedies provided by certain state laws.2(d) Manager.S. before or condition that substantially impairs pursuing replacement or repurchase the use. ONLY) unresolved. in some states within the 1. consumer (less a reasonable allowance • Your telephone number (home and for consumer use). if a manufacturer or its 3. California Civil Code Section 1793. Customer Assistance 2. a consumer has the option on the same non-conformity likely to of submitting a warranty dispute to the cause death or serious bodily injury OR BBB Auto Line before taking action under 2. The vehicle is out of service for repair rights or other rights which are independent of nonconformities for a total of more of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act or than 30 calendar days (not necessarily state replacement or repurchase laws. reasonable number of attempts. whichever occurs first: Additionally. the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address: Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE-B Dearborn. • The name of the authorized dealer and city where located. In the case of 1 or 2 above. Service Manager or Customer Relations California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b) • The vehicle’s current odometer reading. conform the vehicle to its applicable you must directly notify Ford in writing express warranties if. within the first 18 before pursuing remedies under your months of ownership of a new vehicle or state's warranty laws. Four or more repair attempts are made the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act. vehicle to conform to the vehicle’s please contact the Ford Customer applicable express warranty after a Relationship Center. OR This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state created 3. First Printing . contact the Sales Manager. or to on the same nonconformity (a defect the extent allowed by state law. The consumer has the business). presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to In some states within the United States. right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle. allowed a final repair attempt. requires that. all at one time). the manufacturer shall be required to either In order to help us serve you better. Two or more repair attempts are made United States. enUSA. please replace the vehicle with one substantially have the following information available identical or repurchase the vehicle and when contacting a Customer Relationship reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to Center: the actual price paid or payable by the • Vehicle Identification Number. If your inquiry or concern remains IN CALIFORNIA (U.

204 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Warranty Act.22(b). or to discontinue this process impartial person. ONLY) warranty concerns. eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program. THE BETTER BUSINESS You will be asked for your name and address. and must not created by California Civil Code Section comply with the decision within 30 days 1793. resort to BBB AUTO LINE is BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using the not required by those statutes. 2301 et seq. You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of 1-800-955-5100. and if your claim Company Customer Relationship Center is eligible. You are not bound by the decision.C. in the court action. general information about your BUREAU (BBB) AUTO LINE new vehicle. If you choose to seek accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision. are admissible Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act.22(b) or the Magnuson-Moss of receipt of your acceptance letter. Should you choose to sec.S. a representative of the BBB AUTO LINE BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor 3033 Wilson Boulevard. information provided below. a decision after the hearing. modify your case in an informal setting before an procedures. First Printing . A Your satisfaction is important to Ford Customer Claim Form will be mailed that Motor Company and to your dealer. signed and warranty concern has not been resolved returned to the BBB along with proof of using the three-step procedure outlined ownership. Upon receipt. arbitration process. The arbitrator will at any time without notice and without consider the testimony provided and make obligation. please call or write to request a program application. you may be Program Summary Guidelines. If an agreement is not reached BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be during mediation or you do not want to requested by calling the Ford Motor participate in mediation. During mediation. Ford redress by pursuing rights and remedies is then bound by the decision. by California Civil Code Section 1793. 15 U. enUSA. An arbitration hearing Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the will be scheduled so that you can present right to change eligibility limitations. the BBB will earlier in this chapter in the Getting the review the claim for eligibility under the Services you need section. information about your PROGRAM (U. Virginia 22201 of the claim.S. Customer Assistance You are required to submit your warranty Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting program are usually decided within forty in court any rights or remedies conferred days after you file your claim with the BBB. Suite 600 Company to explore options for settlement Arlington. or writing to: two parts – mediation and arbitration. you may participate in the at 1-800-392-3673. and decision. and You are also required to use BBB AUTO may reject the decision and proceed to LINE before exercising rights or seeking court where all findings of the BBB Auto remedies created by the Federal Line dispute. and any steps you have already taken to try to resolve them. If a will need to be completed.

impartial of improper fuel. make decisions and. call your CAMVAP Provincial Fairlane Business Park #3 Administrator directly at 1-800-207-0685 Allen Park. contact the appropriate foreign you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford embassy or consulate. These impartial If your vehicle must be serviced while you arbitrators review the positions of the are traveling or living in Asia-Pacific Region. Michigan 48101 or visit www. responsible for any damage caused by use In the CAMVAP program. First Printing . If and final as the arbitrator’s award is the authorized dealer cannot help you. This system and may cause engine knocking or procedure is without cost to you and is serious engine damage.camvap. Canada participates in an impartial third If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only party mediation/arbitration program get fuel with an anti-knock index lower administered by the Canadian Motor than is recommended for your vehicle. U. Virgin Islands. contact: CAMVAP services are available in all FORD MOTOR COMPANY Canadian territories and provinces. U. fair. AND PROGRAM (CANADA ONLY) CANADA For vehicles delivered to authorized Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign Canadian dealers. binding on both you and Ford of Canada. appropriate. when Sub-Saharan Africa. and Israel. contact the nearest authorized dealer.S. Ford Motor designed to eliminate the need for lengthy Company or Ford of Canada is not and expensive legal proceedings.A. an informal environment. render awards to resolve Central America.S. Using leaded fuel may third-party arbitrators conduct hearings at also result in difficulty importing your mutually convenient times and places in vehicle back into the United States.ca. The CAMVAP program is a straight forward The use of leaded fuel in your vehicle and relatively speedy alternative to resolve without proper conversion may damage a disagreement when all other efforts to the effectiveness of your emission control produce a settlement have failed.S. contact our Customer Relationship Center. These officials can of Canada and the authorized dealer to inform you of local vehicle registration resolve a factory-related vehicle service regulations and where to find unleaded concern have been unsatisfactory. In those cases where country. disputes. without charge or 1555 Fairlane Drive obligation. Ford of fuel. For Customer Relationship Center more information. Telephone: (313) 594-4857 Fax: (313) 390-0804 Email: expcac@ford. CAMVAP decisions are fast.com 205 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). enUSA. the Caribbean. Customer Assistance UTILIZING THE GETTING ASSISTANCE MEDIATION/ARBITRATION OUTSIDE THE U. parties.

S. register your vehicle U.com www.) Email: menacac@ford. First Printing . In the authorized dealer cannot help you. INCORPORATED FORD MOTOR COMPANY 47911 Halyard Drive Customer Relationship Center Plymouth. If To order the publications in this portfolio.pr ORDERING ADDITIONAL If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in the Middle East.me. enUSA.A. If you are in another foreign country. Incorporated can also be reached If calling from the UAE: 80004441066 by their website: If calling from the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia: 8008443673 www. Michigan 48101 previously listed. If contact the nearest authorized dealer. call U. Customer Relationship Center If you require additional assistance or 1555 Fairlane Drive clarification. Michigan 48101 Or to order a free publication catalog. please feel free to call identification number (VIN) and new our Toll-Free Number: (800) 841-FORD address with Ford Motor Company Export (3673). Incorporated at: contact: HELM.A. toll free: 1-800-782-4356 Ford: 80004443673 Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m. OWNER'S LITERATURE contact the nearest authorized dealer.S. Telephone: (800) 841-FORD (3673) Customers in the U. Customer Assistance For customers in Guam.com.com www. should call FAX: (313) 390-0804 1-800-392-3673. and the locations.helminc.com 206 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America.S. contact: communicate your concern with the dealership’s Sales Manager. Michigan 48170 1555 Fairlane Drive Attention: Customer Service Fairlane Business Park #3 Allen Park.6:00 p. If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Puerto Rico. check or money order. Virgin Islands. Operations & Global Growth Initiatives by emailing expcac@ford. Email: prcac@ford. Service FORD MOTOR COMPANY Manager or Customer Relations Manager. EST Lincoln: 80004441067 Helm.com If calling from Kuwait: 22280384 (Items in this catalog may be purchased FAX: +971 4 3327266 by credit card.m. America Samoa. please contact the respective Fairlane Business Park #3 Customer Relationship Center as Allen Park. U. the If you buy your vehicle in North America Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana and then relocate to any of the above Islands (CNMI). . contact Helm. contact the nearest authorized dealer. the event your inquiry is unresolved. the authorized dealer cannot help you.com.ford.S.ford.

NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you.safercar. you should immediately (CANADA ONLY) inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration If you believe that your vehicle has (NHTSA) in addition to notifying a defect which could cause a Ford Motor Company. crash or could cause injury or death.safercar. 207 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. go to contacting Helm. it may order a recall and remedy campaign.C. However. 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle E142557 safety from http://www. or Ford Motor Company. Incorporated using the http://www. Customer Assistance Obtaining a French Owner’s To contact NHTSA.S. (U. D. or write contact information listed previously in this to: section. If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS death. your dealer.gov. it may open an inform Transport Canada and investigation. safety defect exists in a group of vehicles. ONLY) Southeast Washington. you may call Manual the Vehicle Safety Hotline French Owner’s Manual can be obtained toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: from your authorized dealer or by 1-800-424-9153). you should immediately If NHTSA receives similar complaints.gov. enUSA. First Printing . Administrator REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS 1200 New Jersey Avenue. and if it finds that a Ford of Canada.

tc.gc.htm (French) Phone 1–800–333–0510 Ford of Canada Contact Information Website www. enUSA.ford.ca/eng/motorvehiclesafety/safevehicles-defectinvestigations- index-76. First Printing .gc. Customer Assistance Transport Canada Contact Information Website www.ca Phone 1–800–565-3673 208 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America.htm (English) Website www.ca/fra/securiteautomobile/VehiculesSecuritaires-Enquetes- index-76.tc.

high-current fuses that protect your vehicle's main electrical systems from Power Distribution Box overloads. Lift the release lever at the rear of the cover to remove it. The power distribution box is located in If you need to replace one of these fuses. Pre-Fuse Box always replace the cover to the power distribution box before Your vehicle has a pre-fuse box attached reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid to the power distribution box. First Printing . (page 228). E162196 209 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. second pre-fuse box attached to the 12-volt battery terminal in the rear of your vehicle. the engine compartment. It has see an authorized dealer. They contain high-current fuses. enUSA. you will need to reset some Always disconnect the battery before features. There is a reservoirs. See Changing the 12V Battery servicing high current fuses. If you disconnect and reconnect the WARNINGS battery. Fuses FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART WARNINGS To reduce risk of electrical shock.

F23 5A* Engine control module 15. F2 50A Midi Electric water pump. F9 40A** Vacuum pump. F10 40A** Heater blower motor. F12 — Not used. F17 20A** Transmission oil pump (C-MAX Energi). F5 — Not used. 210 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components F1 50A Midi Cooling fan module. enUSA. F13 25A** Powertrain control module relay. F16 20A** Body control module 15 feed. F19 5A* Anti-lock brake system and electronic stability program module. F11 30A** Engine management. F24 5A* Relay coils. F20 15A* Horn. F8 30A** Anti-lock brake system valve. F6 — Not used. F18 20A** Front wiper motor. F7 40A** Anti-lock brake system pump. F15 30A** Body control module KL30 supply. Light switch module. F21 5A* Stop light switch. F22 5A* Vacuum pump monitoring. F14 20A** Rear wiper. F3 50A Midi Body control module supply 1. Powertrain control module 15. Transmission oil pump 15. F4 50A Midi Body control module supply 2. First Printing .

R6 Micro relay Front and rear wiper high-low. R4 Micro relay Front wiper. R10 — Not used. Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components F25 10A* Motor electronic cooling pump. R7 — Not used. F36 20A* Vehicle power 1. 211 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. F28 15A* Powertrain control module. Powertrain control module. R9 — Not used. F27 5A* Mass air flow sensor. R5 Micro relay Vacuum pump. R1 Micro relay Vacuum pump. enUSA. F31 5A* Charge port light ring (C-MAX Energi). R2 Micro relay Horn. F30 10A* Engine control module. R11 — Not used. R12 Power relay Cooling fan. F35 10A* Vehicle power 3. F26 5A* Electronic power assist steering module 15. R3 Micro relay Hybrid powertrain control. Positive temperature coefficient heater. F32 20A* Vehicle power 2. F29 10A* Electronic air conditioning compressor. R8 Power relay Ignition feed. First Printing . F34 10A* Injectors. F33 15A* Vehicle power 4.

R14 Mini relay Engine control relay. First Printing . *Mini fuses **Cartridge fuses Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel The fuse panel is located on the right-hand side below the glove box. E129926 212 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components R13 Mini relay Heater blower. You may need to remove a trim panel to access it. enUSA.

Fuses

Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components

F56 20A Fuel pump supply.
F57 — Not used.
F58 5A Not used (spare).
F59 5A Passive anti-theft system.
F60 10A Interior light.
Driver door switch pack.
Glove box illumination.
Overhead console switch bank.
F61 20A Cigar lighter.
Second row power point.
F62 5A Autowiper module.
Autodimming rear view mirror.
F63 10A Not used (spare).
F64 — Not used.
F65 10A Liftgate release.
F66 20A Driver door unlock supply.
F67 7.5A Cell phone passport (C-MAX Energi).
Multi-function display.
GPS module.
Sync.
F68 15A Not used (spare).
F69 5A Instrument cluster.
F70 20A Central lock and unlock supply.
F71 7.5A Climate control module.
F72 7.5A Steering wheel module.
F73 7.5A Data link connector.
OBD II supply.
F74 15A Headlamp supply.
F75 15A Fog lamp supply.
F76 10A Reversing lamp supply.

213

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

Fuses

Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components

F77 20A Washer pump.
F78 5A Ignition switch, Start button.
F79 15A Radio.
Hazard light switch.
F80 20A Not used (spare).
F81 5A Power sun shade.
Remote receiver antenna.
F82 20A Washer pump ground.
F83 20A Central locking ground.
F84 20A Drive door unlock ground.
F85 7.5A Electronic 15 feed.
F86 10A Restraints control module.
Passenger air bag deactivation indicator.
F87 15A Not used (spare).
F88 25A Not used (spare).
F89 — Not used.

Luggage Compartment Fuse Panel
The fuse panel is located in the luggage
compartment behind the left side wheel
well. Remove the fuse panel cover to gain
access to the fuses.

214

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

Fuses

E129927

Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components

F1 5A Hands-free liftgate entry module.
F2 10A Keyless vehicle module.
F3 5A Keyless vehicle door handles.
F4 25A Door control unit front left.
F5 25A Door control unit front right.
F6 25A Door control unit rear left.
F7 25A Door control unit rear right.
F8 — Not used.
F9 25A Driver seat motor.
F10 25A Heated rear window.
F11 5A Ignition relay.
F12 15A Battery electronics control module.
F13 — Not used.
F14 10A Charger (C-MAX Energi).
F15 — Not used.
F16 — Not used.
F17 10A Battery electronics control module.
F18 15A Battery electronics control module — fan.

215

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

Fuses

Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components

F19 15A Charger fan (C-MAX Energi).
F20 — Not used.
F21 15A Smart datalink connector.
F22 10A Active noise cancellation.
F23 — Not used.
F24 30A DC/AC power converter.
F25 25A Power liftgate.
F26 40A AC/DC charger (C-MAX Energi).
F27 20A Luggage compartment outlet.
F28 — Not used.
F29 — Not used.
F30 5A Parking aid module.
F31 5A Rear view camera.
F32 5A DC/AC power converter.
F33 — Not used.
F34 20A Driver seat heater.
F35 20A Passenger seat heater.
F36 — Not used.
F37 20A Power sun shade.
F38 — Not used.
F39 — Not used.
F40 — Not used.
F41 — Not used.
F42 — Not used.
F43 — Not used.
F44 — Not used.
F45 5A Humidity sensor.

216

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

Fuses

Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components

F46 10A Fuel system.
R1 Power relay Rear 15 relay.
R2 Mini relay Heated rear window.
R3 Micro relay Fuel door (C-MAX Energi).
R4 — Not used.
R5 — Not used.
R6 Micro relay Rear wiper.

CHANGING A FUSE
Fuses
WARNING
You must replace a failed fuse with
one that has the specified amperage
rating. If you use a fuse with a higher
amperage rating, you may cause severe
wire damage and may start a fire.

E142430

A fuse may fail if electrical components in
the vehicle are not properly working. A
broken wire inside the fuse indicates a
failed fuse. Check the appropriate fuses
before replacing any electrical
components.

217

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

GENERAL INFORMATION Working with the Engine On

Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help WARNING
maintain its roadworthiness and resale To reduce the risk of vehicle damage
value. There is a large network of and/or personal burn injuries, do not
authorized dealers that are there to help start your engine with the air cleaner
you with their professional servicing removed and do not remove it while the
expertise. We believe that their specially engine is running.
trained technicians are best qualified to
service your vehicle properly and expertly.
1. Set the parking brake and shift to park
They are supported by a wide range of
(P).
highly specialized tools developed
specifically for servicing your vehicle. 2. Block the wheels.
If your vehicle requires professional service,
an authorized dealer can provide the OPENING AND CLOSING THE
necessary parts and service. Check your HOOD
warranty information to find out which
parts and services are covered. Opening the Hood
Use only recommended fuels, lubricants,
fluids and service parts conforming to
specifications. Motorcraft® parts are
designed and built to provide the best
performance in your vehicle.

Precautions
• Do not work on a hot engine.
• Make sure that nothing gets caught in
moving parts.
• Do not work on a vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed space, E142457
unless you are sure you have enough
ventilation. 1. Inside the vehicle, pull the hood release
handle located under the left-hand
• Keep all open flames and other burning side of the instrument panel.
material (such as cigarettes) away
from the battery and all fuel related 2. Slightly lift the hood.
parts. 3. Release the hood latch by pushing the
secondary release lever to your
Working with the Engine Off left-hand side.
1. Set the parking brake and shift to park
(P).
2. Switch off the engine.
3. Block the wheels.

218

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

2. Lower the hood and allow it to drop
under its own weight for the last 8-12
in (20-30 cm).
Note: Make sure that the hood is correctly
closed.

UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW -
HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(HEV)
WARNING
The inverter system controller
contains various high-voltage
E87786 components that can cause serious
4. Open the hood. Support the hood with bodily harm or death. The inverter system
the strut. controller is not serviceable and should
never be touched, probed, or tampered
Closing the Hood with.

1. Remove the hood strut from the catch
Note: Do not attempt to service any of the
and secure it correctly after use.
high-voltage components or wiring. For
easier identification, the high-voltage wiring
insulation is color coated orange.

219

C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing

D Engine air filter cover. See Engine Oil Check (page 222). G Power distribution box. E Inverter system controller. First Printing . See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 238). See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 222). I Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap. Maintenance A B C D E F G I H E162485 A Engine coolant reservoir cap. C Engine oil dipstick. enUSA. See Engine Coolant Check (page 223). See Brake Fluid Check (page 227). 220 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. H Inverter system controller coolant reservoir cap. See Washer Fluid Check (page 227). B Engine oil filler cap. F Brake fluid reservoir cap. See Fuses (page 209).

221 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Maintenance UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW . Note: Do not attempt to service any of the high-voltage components or wiring. E190353 A Engine coolant reservoir cap. D Engine air filter cover. See Engine Coolant Check (page 223). B Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 222). C Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Check (page 222). or tampered with. The inverter system controller is not serviceable and should never be touched. enUSA. WARNING The inverter system controller contains various high-voltage components that can cause serious bodily harm or death. probed. the high-voltage wiring VEHICLE (PHEV) insulation is color coated orange. First Printing . For PLUG-IN HYBRID ELECTRIC easier identification. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 238).

See Washer Fluid Check (page 227). See Capacities and dipstick and remove it again to check Specifications (page 276).S. If the oil level is at the minimum mark. An oil with this trademark symbol Check the level before starting the engine conforms to the current engine and and make sure that the level is between emission system protection standards and the MIN and the MAX marks. Switch the engine off and wait 10 U. pan. See Brake Fluid Check (page 227). 1. Oil levels above the MAX mark may cause engine damage. First Printing . E169062 A MIN B MAX E142732 Only use oils certified for gasoline engines ENGINE OIL CHECK by the American Petroleum Institute (API). H Inverter system controller coolant reservoir cap. I Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap. comprised of 2. add 4. fuel economy requirements of the 1. F Brake fluid reservoir cap. feel a strong resistance. See Fuses (page 209). Adding Engine Oil ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK Note: Do not remove the filler cap when the engine is running. Turn it until you oil immediately. Make sure that your vehicle is on level International Lubricants Specification ground. Maintenance E Inverter system controller. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with 2. lint-free cloth. enUSA. Wipe off any spilled oil. the oil level. Replace the specifications. Add engine oil that meets the Ford a clean. Remove the filler cap. 3. 222 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. and Japanese automobile minutes for the oil to drain into the oil manufacturers. Replace the filler cap. Advisory Council (ILSAC). Note: Do not add oil further than the MAX A B mark. G Power distribution box. 3.

scheduled maintenance information. which parts. check the continue driving your vehicle. windshield washer fluid container. We do To reduce the risk of personal injury. 223 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. The level may extend beyond the MAX mark. If your vehicle is in low controller that is specific to the hybrid engine use mode when you start the operating system. pressure. steam and hot liquid can come interchangeable. MAX mark. system can burn you badly. Do not use engine coolant out forcefully when the cap is loosened or antifreeze or windshield washer fluid slightly. enUSA. Maintenance Low Engine Use (If Equipped) Engine Coolant and Inverter System Controller Coolant The low engine use mode is equipped on Energi models only. When your vehicle is controller cooling system generally in low engine use mode. See Adding Engine Coolant liquids released from a hot cooling in this chapter. engine concentration should be tested with a coolant could make it difficult to see refractometer such as Robinair® Coolant through the windshield. or empty. One is for cooling the engine and condition when you drive your vehicle with one is for cooling the inverter system limited engine use. coolant sprayed on the windshield. First Printing . your vehicle runs operating at a lower temperature and the engine as necessary. a message appears in the operate similarly. relief cap. Selecting EV Now mode when your vehicle Checking the Engine Coolant is in the low engine use mode suspends the low engine use mode for as long as you When the engine is cold. Also. WARNINGS Note: If the level is at the MIN mark. outside of its specified function and vehicle Do not add coolant further than the location. add coolant engine is hot. The cooling system is under Note: Automotive fluids are not pressure. the MIN and MAX marks on the engine coolant reservoir. The low engine use Your vehicle has two separate cooling mode keeps the engine oil quality in good systems. See Changing the engine oil and resetting the Scheduled Maintenance (page 348). If Note: For best results. oil life monitoring system suspends the low Note: Make sure that the level is between engine use mode. and Battery Refractometer 75240. ENGINE COOLANT CHECK Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. you can The coolant concentration should be be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine maintained within 48% to 50%. below Do not add engine coolant when the the MIN mark. Steam and scalding immediately. with the inverter system information display. The two systems vehicle. equates to a freeze point between -30°F Do not put engine coolant in the (-34°C) and -34°F (-37°C). not recommend the use of hydrometers or make sure the engine is cool before coolant test strips for measuring coolant unscrewing the coolant pressure concentrations. The low concentration and level of the engine engine use mode resumes the next time coolant at the intervals listed in the you start your vehicle.

listed in the scheduled maintenance the system to be flushed. Adding Coolant DO NOT use this method for the inverter system controller cooling Note: Do not use stop leak pellets. See Capacities and Specifications (page 276). below the MIN mark. The use of an improper coolant maintained within 48% to 50%. See Scheduled be replaced. In this instance. 224 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. coolant) can cause engine damage from corrosion. correct coolant is used. inverter system equates to a freeze point between -30°F controller. Note: It is very important to use coolant Note: Make sure that the level is between meeting the Ford specification in order to the MIN and MAX marks on the inverter avoid plugging the small coolant system controller coolant reservoir. Maintenance Checking the Inverter System Note: During normal vehicle operation. Note: If the level is at the MIN mark. Note: Automotive fluids are not chemically cleaned with Motorcraft interchangeable. plugging and void the warranty. or additives as they can cooling system operates close to cause damage to the cooling or heating ambient temperature. check the clear and uncontaminated. First Printing . add coolant • Do not mix different colors or types of immediately. Mixing of coolants may harm your cooling The coolant concentration should be system. cooling system. The and water may cause coolant passageway level may extend beyond the MAX mark. See Adding Inverter System coolant in your vehicle. Use of concentrated coolant Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. subfreezing environment in the absence of coolant. the engine concentrations. and or antifreeze or windshield washer fluid refilled with engine coolant as soon as outside of its specified function and vehicle possible. passageways. the Controller Coolant coolant may change color from orange to pink or light red. The inverter system controller system sealants. This damage would not be covered susceptible to freezing in any under your vehicle’s warranty. overheating. this color change concentration and level of the inverter does not indicate the coolant has degraded system controller coolant at the intervals nor does it require the coolant to be drained. or freezing. Make sure the Controller Coolant in this chapter. As long as the coolant is When the engine is cold. We do be added to the engine cooling system not recommend the use of hydrometers or in order to reach a vehicle service coolant test strips for measuring coolant location. and cooling system (-34°C) and -34°F (-37°C). a large amount refractometer such as Robinair® Coolant of water without engine coolant may and Battery Refractometer 75240. which may harm the engine. coolant warranty. components and may void the Note: For best results. concentration should be tested with a • In case of emergency. Do not use engine coolant Premium Cooling System Flush. cooling system must be drained. enUSA. Water alone (without engine location. or the coolant to information. Maintenance (page 348). and is systems. or empty.

Maintenance • Do not use alcohol. If necessary. authorized Ford dealer increase the Whenever you add coolant. Close the engine coolant reservoir cap. Engine coolant bring the engine coolant level to the proper concentrations above 60% will level. Unscrew the engine coolant reservoir available. Ford Motor Company does not recommend the use of recycled engine coolant since a Adding Engine Coolant Ford-approved recycling process is not yet 1. engine damage. Use coolant meeting the Ford corrosion protection characteristics of specification. If provide improved freeze point necessary. Use a funnel to add coolant to the coolant concentration to 40%. See Capacities If you drive in extremely cold climates: and Specifications (page 276). between the MIN and MAX marks on Engine coolant concentrations below the inverter system controller coolant 40% will decrease the freeze and reservoir. check the coolant concentration above 50%. Coolant If you drive in extremely hot climates: 1. decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the engine coolant Adding Inverter System Controller and may cause engine damage. inverter system controller coolant • A coolant concentration of 40% will reservoir. Any pressure will escape Used engine coolant should be disposed as you unscrew the cap. Use engine coolant meeting Severe Climates the Ford specification. add enough engine coolant to protection. • It may be necessary to have an 3. See Capacities and the engine coolant and may cause Specifications (page 276). cap slowly. to the coolant. MAX marks on the engine coolant reservoir. coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir • A coolant concentration of 60% will the next few times you drive the vehicle. brine or Whenever you add coolant. Use a funnel to add engine coolant to community’s regulations and standards the engine coolant reservoir. system controller coolant level to the • Do not add extra inhibitors or additives proper level. First Printing . 225 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. methanol. Make sure that the level is provide improved overheat protection. These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion Recycled Engine Coolant protection of the engine coolant. of in an appropriate manner. Close the inverter system controller coolant reservoir cap. 3. enUSA. controller coolant reservoir the next few Alcohol and other liquids can cause times you drive the vehicle. engine damage from overheating or add enough coolant to bring the inverter freezing. Follow your 2. check the any engine coolants mixed with alcohol coolant level in the inverter system or methanol antifreeze (coolant). Open the inverter system controller • It may be necessary to have an coolant reservoir cap. Make sure for recycling and disposing of automotive that the level is between the MIN and fluids. authorized Ford dealer decrease the 2.

Each disabled cylinder engine will run rough. You have limited engine power when in the If the engine reaches a preset fail-safe mode. vehicle load and terrain. Take your vehicle 5. 1. enUSA. Re-start the engine and take your to an authorized dealer as soon as possible vehicle to an authorized dealer. engine is capable of completely shutting down automatically to prevent engine When this occurs the vehicle will still damage. Fail-safe mode is for use during emergencies only. and damage is incurred. to minimize engine damage. so drive the vehicle with over-temperature condition. completely shut down. the engine can be re-started. the engine caution. Note: Driving the vehicle without repairing the engine problem increases the chance of engine damage. Check the coolant level and replenish if low. 226 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. • The air conditioning system will be disabled. Take your vehicle to an The service engine soon authorized dealer as soon as possible. indicator will illuminate. Once the engine temperature cools. repairs. First Printing . which may increase the possibility of a crash resulting in serious injury. Remember that the acts as an air pump and cools the engine. Arrange for the vehicle to be taken to an authorized dealer. power steering assist. your this feature allows the vehicle to be driven vehicle will have limited power. causing steering and braking effort to increase. When in fail-safe mode. However: • The engine power will be limited. Operate your What You Should Know About Fail. potentially losing engine power. 4. Continued operation will increase the 3. therefore: operate. The vehicle will not be able to will automatically switch to alternating maintain high-speed operation and the cylinder operation. The “fail-safe” may completely shut down without distance depends on ambient warning. temperatures. Maintenance Vehicles driven year-round in non-extreme When Fail-Safe Mode Is Activated climates should use coolant meeting the Ford specification for optimum cooling WARNINGS system and engine protection. 2. and power brake How Fail-Safe Cooling Works assist. wait a short engine temperature and the engine will period for the engine to cool. the red (hot) area and: The coolant temperature warning light will illuminate. the engine Never remove the coolant reservoir coolant temperature gauge will move to cap while the engine is running or hot. vehicle in fail-safe mode only as long Safe Cooling as necessary to bring your vehicle to rest in a safe location and seek immediate If the engine coolant supply is depleted. If the engine begins to overheat. If this is not possible. Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and turn off the engine. will not be temporarily before incremental component able to maintain high-speed operation.

If the fluid levels are outside of the normal operating FUEL FILTER range. POWER STEERING FLUID CHECK Your vehicle is equipped with an electric power steering (EPS) system. Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed. there is no need to add fluid. lines are within the normal operating range. Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low. protection. See Capacities and Do not use supplemental transmission Specifications (page 276). Ford specifications. Washer fluids components. 227 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. See Scheduled washer fluid with antifreeze Maintenance (page 348). wiper blades or Fluid levels between the MIN and MAX washer system. have an authorized dealer check If you operate your vehicle in and change the transmission fluid at the temperatures below 40°F (5°C). Only use a washer fluid that meets • If you notice signs of fluid leakage. The use of these materials may organic compounds may restrict the use affect transmission operation and result of methanol. treatments or cleaning State or local regulations on volatile agents. Your result in impaired windshield vision and transmission does not consume fluid. Maintenance AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION WASHER FLUID CHECK FLUID CHECK WARNING If required. Failure to use washer fluid with The automatic transmission does not have antifreeze protection in cold weather could a transmission fluid dipstick. enUSA. tank. the performance of the system Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime could be compromised. First Printing . increase the risk of injury or accident. seek service from fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel your authorized dealer immediately. a common windshield washer in damage to internal transmission antifreeze additive. An authorized dealer should check the fluid: Note: The front and rear washer systems are supplied from the same reservoir. use correct service interval. fluid additives. containing non-methanol antifreeze agents should be used only if they provide BRAKE FLUID CHECK cold weather protection without damaging the vehicle’s paint finish. There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill. • If the transmission is not working properly.

Some engine computer settings. Lift the Note: If a person adds electrical or battery with a battery carrier or with your electronic accessories or components to the hands on opposite corners. trouble-free operation. When working near management system (BMS). If acid is swallowed. resulting in personal injury and damage to the vehicle or battery. the battery should only be replaced with a Ford recommended replacement battery Your vehicle has a Motorcraft® that matches the electrical requirements maintenance-free battery which normally of the vehicle. negative post can cause inaccurate excessive pressure on the end walls measurements of the battery condition could cause acid to flow through the and potential incorrect system operation. vent caps. vehicle. contact with skin or eyes. You Battery posts. Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible For longer. like the idle trim and fuel trim strategy. or of the engine. sparks or lighted substances to To ensure proper operation of the battery come near the battery. Some other computer replacement. compounds. call a terminals. injury. Maintenance CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY When a low voltage battery replacement is necessary. Avoid contact with skin. Note: If your vehicle's battery has a cover some engine control settings are or shield. always shield your face and a technician to connect any electrical protect your eyes. electronically-controlled by a computer. In case of acid top of the battery clean and dry. see an authorized dealer to replace the low voltage battery with a Ford WARNINGS recommended replacement low voltage Batteries normally produce explosive battery that matches the electrical gases which can cause personal requirements of the vehicle. A connection at the low voltage battery When lifting a plastic-cased battery. keep the splashing of acid solution. Wash hands after When a battery replacement is required. testing. the accessories or components may adversely affect the low voltage battery Keep batteries out of reach of performance and durability and may also children. clothing. remove the cables from the physician immediately. flush make certain the battery cables are always immediately with water for a minimum of tightly fastened to the battery terminals. battery. Batteries contain sulfuric affect the performance of other electrical acid. eyes or systems in the vehicle. do not allow the battery. First Printing . Also. Always provide correct device ground connection directly to the ventilation. settings. does not require additional water during Because your vehicle’s engine is its life of service. Therefore. low voltage battery negative post. enUSA. terminals and related can neutralize the acid with a solution of accessories contain lead and lead baking soda and water. terminals and clean with a wire brush. 15 minutes and get prompt medical If you see any corrosion on the battery or attention. do not allow flames. make sure it is reinstalled after the maintained by power from the low voltage battery has been cleaned or replaced. Note: See an authorized dealer for low optimize the driveability and performance voltage battery access. handling. like the clock and radio station 228 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America.

First Printing . windows bounce-back feature. 2. With the vehicle at a complete stop. Seek on. engine is warming up. idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely Note: You can use the service position to affected until the engine computer provide easier access to the wiper blades eventually relearns the idle trim and fuel for freeing them from snow and ice. See Audio or water applied with a soft sponge or System (page 283). the wiper blades can clash damaging the wiper system. While the the blade to check for roughness. Maintenance presets. Reset the radio station presets. 2. Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute. Allow the engine to run for at least one Note: The windshield wiper blades are minute by pressing on the accelerator different in length. Run the engine until it reaches normal Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of operating temperature. Note: If you do not allow the engine to Set the windshield wipers in the service relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy. 229 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. blades of the wrong length. While the engine is running. Reset the power cloth. 1. If you install wiper pedal. Note: Make sure the windshield is free from Make sure that you dispose of old batteries snow and ice before you switch the ignition in an environmentally friendly way. Switch the ignition on. When a technician disconnects and connects the BLADES low voltage battery. Switch off all accessories. Switch the ignition off. complete the Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid following: Reset the clock. trim strategy. windshield. are also maintained in memory by CHECKING THE WIPER power from the low voltage battery. Fully press the brake pedal and start E142463 the vehicle. Complete the following procedure in order to restore the settings: 1. 4. You can improve poor wiper quality by 7. engine. Drive the vehicle at least 12 mi (20 km) to completely relearn the idle and fuel Service Position trim strategy. Shift into park (P). enUSA. If the engine turns off. See Windows and Mirrors (page 80). set the parking brake. 3. press the cleaning the wiper blades and the brake pedal and shift into neutral (N). 5. press Replace the wiper blades at least annually the accelerator pedal to start the for optimum performance. See CHANGING THE WIPER Audio System (page 283). BLADES 6. these settings are erased. 9. advice from your local authority about recycling old batteries. 8. the position to change the wiper blades.

Lift the wiper arm. 1 A 1 E129986 3. 230 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. 4. Release the wiper lever when the windshield wipers reach the service Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does position. Press and release the wiper lever to return them to the park position. Press and hold the wiper lever in E129990 2 position A within three seconds. 1. enUSA. Changing the Windshield Wiper Blades Note: Do not hold the wiper blade when lifting the wiper arm. 3. 2. 4. Note: The wipers remain in the service position when you switch the ignition on. Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does not spring back against the glass when the wiper blade is not attached. First Printing . Install in the reverse order. 1. Remove the wiper blade. Maintenance Note: Make sure the windshield is clean before using new wiper blades. Slightly rotate the wiper blade. Lift the wiper arm and then press the wiper blade locking buttons together. not spring back against the glass when the wiper blade is not attached. Changing the Rear Window Wiper Blade E162532 Note: Do not hold the wiper blade when lifting the wiper arm. Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place.

Turn on the low beam headlamps to checked by your authorized dealer. First Printing . Maintenance 3 E142592 A 8 feet (2. enUSA. wall or screen on a level surface. 2.4 meters) E130060 2 B Center height of lamp to ground C 25 feet (7. If reference line on the vertical wall or your vehicle has been in an accident. Remove the wiper blade. the screen at this height.6 meters) 2. you may want to block the light from one headlamp while adjusting the ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS other. 1. alignment of your headlamps should be 3. approximately 25 feet (7. Install in the reverse order. Measure the height of the headlamp Vertical Aim Adjustment bulb center from the ground and mark The headlamps on your vehicle are an 8 foot (2. 231 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Disengage the wiper blade from the wiper arm. illuminate the wall or screen and open the hood. D Horizontal reference line 3. away. Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks Note: To see a clearer light pattern for into place. Park the vehicle directly in front of a 4.6 meters) 5. Slightly rotate the wiper blade. adjusting.4 meter) horizontal properly aimed at the assembly plant.

3. Remove the screws that secure the headlamp will need to be adjusted. Disconnect the electrical connector. enUSA. Grasp the bulb by only its screwdriver. First Printing . On the wall or screen you will observe a flat zone of high intensity light E142468 located at the top of the right hand 1. Close the hood and turn off the lamps. it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol Horizontal Aim Adjustment before being used. turn the adjuster either plastic base and do not touch the glass. 4. 232 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. The horizontal bulb to break the next time the headlamps edge of the brighter light should touch are operated. the horizontal reference line. Horizontal aim is not required for this vehicle and is non-adjustable. Using a Phillips #2 reach. Locate the vertical adjuster on each carefully and keep out of children’s headlamp. lamp assembly. Maintenance REMOVING A HEADLAMP 2 2 E142465 4. If the top off. edge of the high intensity light zone is not at the horizontal reference line. CHANGING A BULB Replacing Headlamp Bulbs WARNING E142467 Handle a halogen headlamp bulb 5. 6. Switch all of the lamps and the ignition portion of the beam pattern. Note: If the bulb is accidentally touched. Pull the headlamp toward the front of your vehicle to disengage it from its locating points and then lift the headlamp up. the 2. clockwise or counterclockwise in order The oil from your hand could cause the to aim the headlamp.

Remove the bulb holder. 233 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. then pull it straight Bulb: out. Remove bulb from the headlamp 2. Install the new bulbs in reverse order. enUSA. then pull it straight out. Remove the headlamp assembly. counterclockwise. A Direction indicator lamp. Remove the headlamp assembly. Remove the headlamp assembly. Disconnect the electrical connector. 3. assembly by turning it 3. 1. Replacing Side Marker Bulbs: E162550 1. B Low beam headlamp. Maintenance Locating the headlamp bulbs: E162551 E162549 1. 4. Remove bulb from the headlamp assembly by turning it Replacing the High Beam Headlamp counterclockwise. 3. C High beam headlamp. 2. Disconnect the electrical connector. Remove service cap. 4. Remove bulb from the headlamp assembly. Remove service cap. 4. Remove service cap. First Printing . Replacing the Low Beam Headlamp Bulb: Install the new bulb in reverse order. E162552 2.

Remove the lamp. 2. Remove the 2 screws. 4 3. Maintenance Replacing Fog. Remove the fog lamp cover. 6. 1. Install the new bulb in reverse order. enUSA. 5. Replacing Tail. E162554 4. Disconnect the electrical connector. Park and Direction Indicator Bulbs 5 E162553 Note: You cannot separate the fog lamp bulb from the bulb holder. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it. First Printing . Brake and Direction Indicator Bulbs E162555 234 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America.

(B) Direction indicator lamp. First Printing . E162557 5. Gently pull the lamp assembly away from the vehicle. Remove the wing nut. Make sure the headlamp control is in Replacing Reverse Lamp and Tail the off position. from the vehicle. Remove the bulb holder. Gently press the bulb into the bulb holder. 235 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Disconnect the electrical connector. 8. Maintenance 1. Open the liftgate. Lamp Bulbs 2. then turn the bulb counterclockwise and remove the bulb. 3. Gently pull the lamp assembly away 7. E162559 4. 4. Install the new bulb in reverse order. 5. Remove the trim panel cover. 3. Make sure the lighting control is in the E162556 off position. E162558 1. 2. Remove the trim panel cover. 6. (A) Taillamp and brake lamp. enUSA. Open the liftgate. Remove the wing nut.

2. Disconnect the electrical connector. E162562 7. turn the bulb counterclockwise. 9. Open the liftgate. Insert a suitable tool into the holes. Maintenance Replacing the Center High Mounted Brake Lamp Bulbs E162560 6. Replacing License Plate Lamp Bulb 2 3 1 E162563 3. Carefully release the spring clip. Remove the bulb holder. 236 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. (A) Reverse of the rear window. 8. Install the new bulb in reverse order. lamp. 2. Gently press the bulb into the bulb 1. Carefully pull the lamp towards the front of the vehicle in order to release 1. Reverse steps to reinstall bulb. holder. Remove the lamp. (B) Tail lamp. First Printing . E72789 4. Remove the bulb. enUSA. the spring clips. Detach the clips above the inboard side and remove the bulb. 3.

7. To replace all instrument panel lights .see your authorized dealer 237 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. enUSA. quality bulb burn time. Maintenance 6. Gently pull the lamp assembly away lamp assembly warranty and will provide from the vehicle. BULB SPECIFICATION CHART Replacement bulbs are specified in the chart below. Function Trade number Headlamps high beam (Halogen) 9005LL Headlamp low beam (Halogen) H11LL Sidemarker . First Printing .rear T20 Backup lamp 921 License plate lamp W5W * High-mount brake lamp W5W * Interior lamps LED * To replace these lamps . light brightness and pattern and safe visibility.front 194 Turn lamp .O.front 168 Park lamp . The correct bulbs will E162564 not damage the lamp assembly or void the 5.” for North America to ensure lamp performance. Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized “D.T. Remove the bulb holder. Remove the bulb.see your authorized dealer.front W21W Fog lamps H10 (9145) Tail/brake lamp 3157K Turn lamp .

Therefore we recommend that the air filter be serviced at a Ford dealer. start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the Note: Failure to re-install the air cleaner engine is running. Maintenance CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR Note: When changing the air filter element. First Printing . Resulting component damage and personal burn injuries. do not may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. assembly properly by fully seating on the mounting studs in five places and securing with the two bolts may result in air cleaner Change the air filter element at the correct assembly dislodgement from engine and interval. enUSA. damage to the air cleaner assembly and other engine components. Air Cleaner Assembly Components A B C D E E162533 238 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. use only the air filter element listed. WARNING Note: Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine To reduce the risk of vehicle damage damage. See FILTER Capacities and Specifications (page 276).

Remove the air cleaner cover (B) from the air cleaner assembly (A). enUSA. E162535 239 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Remove the bolts from each side of the Removing the Engine Air Filter air cleaner assembly (A) as shown with Element arrows. C Air cleaner outlet tube. Lift the air cleaner assembly (A) from outlet tube (C). pull it toward the front of the vehicle. Disconnect the air cleaner intake tube (E) from the air cleaner assembly (A). Release the tabs and disconnect the PCV tube (D) from the air cleaner outlet tube (C) and remove the tube. E Air cleaner intake tube. E162534 E162536 1. 7. 3. 4. B Air cleaner cover. Remove the 5 bolts from the air cleaner cover (B). First Printing . then rotate and from the air cleaner assembly (A). Disconnect the tube the mounting studs. 2. E162537 6. Loosen the hose clamps for air cleaner 5. Maintenance A Air cleaner assembly. D Positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) tube.

3. Install the new air filter element into the engine air cleaner assembly. enUSA. 2. Maintenance Installing the Engine Air Filter Element Note: Clean the inside of the air cleaner assembly before installing a new air filter element. First Printing . Install and tighten the bolts to each side of the air cleaner assembly (A) as shown with arrows. E162541 6. Attach the air cleaner intake tube (E) E162538 to the air cleaner assembly (A). Connect the air cleaner intake tube (E) E162539 to the air cleaner assembly (A). 7. Install the air cleaner cover (B) and tighten the 5 bolts. 5. E162540 4. Connect the PCV tube (D) to the air cleaner outlet tube (C). 240 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. 1. Position the air cleaner assembly (A) onto the engine and make sure the assembly is aligned with the studs.

S. • Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel to eliminate water spotting. These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces. 241 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. First Printing .) Engine Shampoo - Motorcraft Leather and Vinyl Cleaner - ZC-56 Multi-Purpose Cleaner - Motorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with WSS-M14P19-A Bitterant (U.S.S.S.) Professional Strength Carpet and Upholstery Cleaner - ZC-54 Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover (U. or during strong or direct Detail Wash. use the following products many quality products available to clean or products of equivalent quality: your vehicle and protect its finishes.) Motorcraft® Ultra-Clear Spray Glass Cleaner (U.) ZC-32-B2 (U. enUSA. sunlight.S. Vehicle Care GENERAL INFORMATION CLEANING PRODUCTS Your Ford or Lincoln authorized dealer has For best results. for example dish washing or CLEANING THE EXTERIOR laundry liquid.) ESR-M14P5-A ZC-23 (U.S. we recommend Motorcraft to the touch.S. Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH • Never wash your vehicle when it is hot shampoo. Materials Name Specification Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover - ZC-42 Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner - ZC-15 Motorcraft® Detail Wash ESR-M14P4-A ZC-3-A Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser (U.S.) Motorcraft® Wheel and Tire Cleaner - ZC-37-A • Never use strong household detergents or soap.) - ZC-20 (U.) - ZC-14 (U.

not in circles. Exterior Chrome Parts Underbody • Apply a high quality-cleaning product Flush the complete underside of your to bumpers and other chrome parts.000 psi (14. before entering a • Keep the nozzle at a 12 in (305 mm) car wash. Note: Do not use chrome cleaner. We • Using other non-recommended recommend that you wash and wax the cleaners can result in severe and painted surface once or twice a year. These may cause damage to your • Do not use water hotter than 179°F vehicle’s paintwork or trim over time. car's paint from the elements.000 kPa). (82°C). bird • Do not use water pressure higher than droppings. park your Note: Never use abrasive materials. pressure washing may be used under the following conditions: 242 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Stripes or Graphics (If Equipped) Hand washing your vehicle is preferred however. • Remove any exterior accessories. • Use a spray with a 40° wide spray angle pattern. 2. Bright Metal Cleaner. spots are present. Always wash your vehicle before can scratch the chrome surface. for example antennas. Vehicle Care • Immediately remove fuel spillages. We recommend Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover. insect deposits and road tar. If tar or grease back-and-forth motion. distance and 90° angle to your vehicle's surface. applying wax. Note: Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage painted surfaces. for vehicle in a shaded area out of direct example steel wool or plastic pads as they sunlight. we recommend Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover. abrasives. drain holes free of debris or foreign We recommend Motorcraft Custom material. enUSA. If these Note: Holding the pressure washer nozzle substances come in contact with your at an angle to the vehicle's surface may vehicle. Keep body and door Follow the manufacturer’s instructions. wash the affected area as soon as damage graphics and cause the edges to possible. Do not leave the cleaning product on chrome surfaces longer Regular waxing is necessary to protect your than the time recommended. • Do not apply the cleaning product to WAXING hot surfaces. vehicle frequently. • Follow the manufacturer’s instructions Exterior Plastic Parts to apply and remove the wax. permanent cosmetic damage. First Printing . For routine cleaning we recommend • Apply a small amount of wax in a Motorcraft Detail Wash. metal • Use a quality wax that does not contain cleaner or polish on wheels or wheel covers. peel away from the vehicle's surface. When washing and waxing.

First Printing . Keep the windshield and wiper blades clean to maintain windshield wiper CLEANING THE ENGINE performance. When cleaning the interior of the windshield. your car's paint should fallout can result in windshield and wiper feel smooth. stain the parts over time. • Grained door handles. The high-pressure any glass cleaner off these surfaces fluid could penetrate the sealed parts immediately. Note: Do not use razor blades or other • Never wash or rinse the engine while it sharp objects to clean or remove decals is hot or running. wipers will result in poor windshield wiper operation. The wax will discolor or the area in and around these locations. power distribution • Roof racks. and air filter assembly to prevent • Bumpers. CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND • Mirror housings. water damage when cleaning the engine. In rubbing alcohol or windshield washer Canada. Wipe to clean the engine. • Do not apply wax to glass areas. and be free of streaks and blade contamination. chemicals. Degreaser on all parts that require • Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl cleaning and pressure rinse clean. water in the running from the inside of the heated rear window. Engines are more efficient when they are To clean the windshield and wiper blades: clean because grease and dirt buildup keep • Clean the windshield with a the engine warmer than normal. or colored trim. 243 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Vehicle Care • Do not allow wax to come in contact • Never wash or rinse any ignition coil. • Cover the battery. Shampoo. enUSA. (no greater than 0000 grade) in a • Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and circular motion and rinse with water. When washing: avoid getting any glass cleaner on the • Take care when using a power washer instrument panel or door panels. WIPER BLADES • Windshield cowl area. Dirty windshield and smudges. • Side moldings. and cause damage. • For windshields contaminated with • Do not spray a hot engine with cold tree sap. with any non-body (low-gloss black) spark plug wire or spark plug well. box. The vehicle warranty does not cover damage caused to the heated rear window grid lines. wax or bugs. Car wash chemicals and environmental • After waxing. use Motorcraft Engine concentrate. engine may cause internal damage. clean water to avoid cracking the engine the entire windshield using steel wool block or other engine components. non-abrasive glass cleaner.

The dull finish in this material. wipe off immediately. which can products such as insect repellent and stain and discolor the fabric and affect suntan lotion to avoid possible damage the flame retardant abilities of the seat to the interior painted surfaces. First Printing . lens with a clean. dry and soft cloth to dry • Remove light stains and soil with these areas. carpets. • Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces. Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the On vehicles equipped with steering wheel or instrument panel seat-mounted airbags. spot-clean the area first with area helps protect you from Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover. enUSA. safety belts (page 245). Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a Note: Follow the same procedure as collision. use Motorcraft Multi-Purpose Cleaner. • Wash or wipe your hands clean if you • Do not use household cleaning have been in contact with certain products or glass cleaners. Vehicle Care CLEANING THE INTERIOR CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND INSTRUMENT WARNINGS CLUSTER LENS Do not use cleaning solvents. Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner. or the ring will set. In undesirable windshield reflection. detergents. cloth seats. WARNING as these actions may weaken the belt webbing. materials. Your warranty may not cover these damages. damp and soft cloth. then use a clean. • Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the • If grease or tar is present on the instrument panel. See Cleaning Leather Seats For fabric. interior trim and immediately (but do not oversaturate) cluster lens. If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces: 244 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. If a spill occurs. do not use to avoid contamination of the airbag chemical solvents or strong system. cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panels and leather interior trim surfaces. bleach or dye on the vehicle’s safety belts. Canada. clean the entire area instrument panel. and seats equipped with side airbags: • Remove dust and loose dirt with a Clean the instrument panel and cluster vacuum cleaner. • Do not use any household cleaning products or glass cleaners as these • If a ring forms on the fabric after spot may damage the finish of the cleaning.

245 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Take your CLEANING LEATHER SEATS (If color code to your authorized dealer to make sure you get the correct color. For routine cleaning. soiled area. Your vehicle color code is printed on a sticker on the front. rims and covers. Equipped) Before repairing minor paint damage. soft cloth and press it onto the plastics. soft cloth. Dry the area with a clean. CLEANING THE ALLOY For cleaning and removing stains such as WHEELS (If Equipped) dye transfer. You should: soft cloth as quickly as possible. Test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous Do not use the following products as these area. use Note: Follow the same procedure as a cleaner such as Motorcraft Bug and Tar cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather Remover to remove particles such as bird instrument panels and leather interior trim droppings. Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially • Clean and treat spills and stains as available leather cleaning product for soon as possible. soft cloth and a mild soap and leather conditioners. water solution. • Alcohol solutions. use a rubbing DAMAGE motion for 60 seconds on the soiled area. road salt and industrial fallout. 4. left-hand side door jamb. soft cloth. tar surfaces. spots. soft cloth. Note: Some automatic car washes may Note: Test any cleaner or stain remover on cause damage to the finish on your wheel an inconspicuous area. insect deposits. tree sap. automotive interiors. Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean. damp cloth and a mild soap and cleaning products. may damage the leather: 3. Allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes. Vehicle Care 1. use Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to commercially available leather cleaning warm or hot wheel rims and covers. First Printing . Use Motorcraft Premium Leather and vacuum cleaner. wipe the surface with Always read the instructions before using a soft. Dry the area with a clean. Dry the area with a • Household cleaners. clean. match your vehicle’s color. If necessary. then with a REPAIRING MINOR PAINT clean. water solution. vinyl and a clean. enUSA. Alternatively. 5. damp cloth. Remove the soaked cloth. wipe the surface with a • Oil and petroleum or silicone-based clean. apply more soap and • Solvents or cleaners intended water solution or cleaning product to specifically for rubber. product for automotive interiors. Authorized dealers have touch-up paint to 6. • Remove dust and loose dirt with a 2.

read the following contains contaminates which may maintenance recommendations to make cause engine damage. • To remove tar and grease. • Wash your vehicle thoroughly to This will reduce the risk of increased remove dirt. door and luggage • Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream compartment hinges and latches with of water when you have completed the a light grade oil. sure your vehicle stays in good operating • Start the engine every 15 days for a condition. solvents. or high caustic-based wheel cleaners. rear-wheel housing Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated and the underside of front fenders. accumulation. Run at fast idle We engineer and test all motor vehicles with the climate controls set to defrost and their components for reliable. exterior surfaces. tar or mud from corrosion of the brake discs. could wear • Store all vehicles in a dry. drive your vehicle for a few minutes before doing so. oil. use • Keep all rubber parts free from oil and Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover. Under various conditions. Note: If you intend parking your vehicle for an extended period after cleaning the Body wheels with a wheel cleaner. require regular maintenance to protect against rust and damage. • Clean the wheels weekly using • Touch-up exposed or primed metal to Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner. • Lubricate all hood. ventilated away the clear coat finish over a period time. Vehicle Care Note: Industrial-strength or heavy-duty General cleaners in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt. operating temperature. To maintain • Periodically wash your vehicle if you their condition we recommend that you: store it in exposed locations. Note: Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based • Protect from sunlight. 246 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. steel • If you store vehicles outside. with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent • Use a sponge to remove heavy discoloration. regular until the engine reaches normal driving. grease. cleaning process. if possible. • Cover interior trim to prevent fading. Apply using manufacturer's • Cover chrome and stainless steel parts instructions. with a clear coat paint finish. Engine VEHICLE STORAGE • Change the engine oil and filter prior to If you plan on storing your vehicle for 30 storage because used engine oil days or more. Re-wax as necessary deposits of dirt and brake dust when you wash your vehicle. fuels or strong household detergents. place. First Printing . prevent rust. minimum of 15 minutes. long-term storage may lead to degraded engine performance or failure unless you use specific precautions to preserve engine components. they wool. enUSA.

features if you disconnect the battery • Move vehicles at least 25 ft (7. battery is located in the luggage compartment. • Make sure the brakes and parking brake 12V Battery release fully. Removing Vehicle From Storage When your vehicle is ready to come out of storage. Vehicle Care • With your foot on the brake. levers and pins under your Note: It is necessary to reset memory vehicle with grease to prevent rust. do not fully shut the Cooling System luggage compartment after disconnecting the 12V battery. • Connect a battery charger to your 12V Fuel System battery and leave it on a continuous. • Leave your vehicle plugged in. charge for quick starting. However. • Check windshield wipers for any deterioration. every 15 days to lubricate working parts and prevent corrosion. The 12V • We recommend that you change the battery maintains power if left plugged engine oil before you use your vehicle in. Miscellaneous we recommend that you disconnect the battery cables to maintain battery • Make sure you cover all linkages. check coolant fluid level. shift We recommend the following options for through all the gears while the engine your plug-in vehicle: is running. • Check and recharge as necessary. location. • Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel slow charge. this periodically uses again. Keep Tires connections clean. leave the luggage compartment open • When removing your vehicle from if your vehicle is stored in a locked storage. enUSA.5 m) cables. • Maintain recommended air pressure. • If storing your vehicle for more than 30 days without recharging the battery. cables. electricity from the household outlet. If your 12V fuel pump nozzle. do the following: • Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt or grease film build-up on window surfaces. Confirm that there are no cooling system leaks and that fluid is at the Brakes recommended level. Only • Protect against freezing temperatures. First Printing . until the first automatic shutoff of the • Disconnect the 12V battery. 247 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America.

• Check the exhaust for any foreign material that may have collected during storage. Drive your vehicle 15 ft (4.5 m) back and forth to remove rust build-up. • Check brake pedal operation. Vehicle Care • Check under the hood for any foreign material that may have collected during storage such as mice or squirrel nests. • Check tire pressures and set tire inflation per the Tire Label. and fluids are at recommended levels. 248 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Contact an authorized dealer if you have any concerns or issues. First Printing . enUSA. • Check fluid levels (including coolant and gas) to make sure there are no leaks. clean the cable ends and inspect. • If you remove the 12-volt battery.

First Printing . E Sealant bottle and canister. H Accessory power plug. E175977 A Air compressor (inside). allowing you to drive your vehicle up to 120 mi (200 km) at a maximum speed of 50 mph (80 km/h) to reach a tire service location. See an authorized Ford dealer for replacement sealant canisters. B Selector switch. C On and off button. D Air pressure gauge. Loosen the Velcro strap to access the kit. I Casing and housing. G Tire valve connector. The kit is located under the front-row passenger seat. F Dual purpose hose: air and repair. The kit consists of an air compressor to reinflate the tire and a canister of sealing compound that will effectively seal most punctures caused by nails or similar objects. J Bike/raft/sports ball adapters. Wheels and Tires TIRE SEALANT AND INFLATOR KIT Note: The temporary mobility kit contains enough sealant compound in the canister for one tire repair only. enUSA. 249 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. This kit provides a temporary tire repair.

• Always set the parking brake to make sure the vehicle does not move unexpectedly. from the tire. four years of non-use. • Sealant compound contains latex. compressor does not drain the vehicle's battery. authorized Ford dealer or tire repair shop to have your tire inspected. DVD player operation. minutes. CD and the hazard lights. The tire may not operation. an authorized Ford dealer must replace the tire pressure • Read all instructions and cautions fully. First Printing . such as nails or screws. • Only use the kit when the ambient Note: Do not drive further than 120 mi temperature is between -22°F (-30°C) (200 km). 50 mph (80 km/h). make sure stem on the wheel. For this reason: use appropriate precautions to avoid an allergic reaction. Note: Do not use the kit if you have severely • Do not allow the compressor to damaged a tire. The use-by date is on • Drive carefully and avoid abrupt a label on the sealant canister. completely seal. • Read the information in the Tips for • Do not store the kit unsecured inside Use of the Kit section to make sure safe the passenger compartment of the operation of the kit and your vehicle. Only seal punctures located operate continuously for more than 15 within the tire tread with the kit. To ensure safe operation of the kit: • After sealant use. vehicle as it may cause injury during a sudden stop or crash. 250 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Always store the Tips for Use of the Kit kit in its original location. Loss of air pressure may adversely affect Those with latex sensitivities should tire performance. injury or death. Check the use-by date is losing pressure. leave the engine Failure to follow these guidelines running (only if the vehicle is outdoors could result in an increased risk of or in a well-ventilated area) so the loss of vehicle control. WARNING • When using the kit. Note: Do not drive the vehicle above • Keep the kit away from children. enUSA. your vehicle is safely off the road and • Operating the kit could cause an away from moving traffic. Drive only to the closest and 158°F (70°C). which steering maneuvers. monitoring system sensor and valve • Before operating the kit. you can see through the rectangular • Periodically monitor tire inflation viewing window on the bottom of the pressure in the affected tire. Do not attempt to repair punctures larger than ¼ inch (6 millimeters) or damage to • Never leave the kit unattended during the tire's sidewall. Switch on electrical disturbance in radio. have the vehicle regularly and replace the canister after towed. • Only use the sealing compound before the use-by date. if the tire compressor. Wheels and Tires General Information • Do not remove any foreign objects. This will help prevent the compressor from overheating.

First Stage: Inflating the Tire with Sealing Compound and Air WARNINGS Do not stand directly over the kit while inflating the tire. Do not remove any foreign object that has pierced the tire. Plug the power cable into the 12-volt Inspect the flat tire for visible damage. inflate the tire with a 2. • In the second stage. check the tire pressure and adjust. First Printing . stop and call roadside assistance. After you tube) from the back of the compressor inflate the tire. Use for a tire or other objects. if necessary. Tighten the connection securely. 251 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. If the tire does not inflate to the recommended tire pressure within 15 minutes. enUSA. sealant in the tire. the vehicle a short distance (about 4 3. stop and call roadside assistance. Remove the valve cap from the tire area in two stages with the kit. Unwrap the dual purpose hose (black sealing compound and air. to the vehicle's specified tire inflation pressure. power point in the vehicle. Repair a tire puncture within the tire's tread 1. Fasten the hose to the tire valve by miles [6 kilometers]) to distribute the turning the connector clockwise. the appropriate precautions to avoid any E175978 selector must be in the Air allergic reactions. level and secure area. Preparation: Park the vehicle in a safe. valve. Apply the parking brake and switch the engine off. you will need to drive housing. away from moving traffic. Wheels and Tires * When inflation only is required Sealant compound contains latex. stop and call roadside Punctured assistance. • In the first stage. 4. If a puncture is located in What to Do When a Tire Is the tire sidewall. If you notice any unusual bulges or deformations in the tire's sidewall during inflation. E175979 Switch the hazard lights on. Do not run the engine during kit operation unless the vehicle is outdoors or in a well-ventilated area. position.

Switch the kit on by pressing the kit. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 be no reason for concern. drive the a value higher than the label pressure vehicle 4 miles (6 kilometers) to while you pump the sealing compound distribute the sealant evenly inside into the tire. When the tire reaches the 7. 252 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. enUSA. check the final tire pressure with the 6. The pressure km/h). This is normal and should the tire. E175982 E175981 9. You should the dash. Inflate the tire to the pressure listed on valve and return the kit to the stowage the tire label located on the driver door area. Start the vehicle and leave the engine compressor turned OFF in order to get running so the compressor does not an accurate pressure reading. Immediately and cautiously. and the on/off button (B). switch off position. unplug the power cable. disconnect the hose from the tire valve. The initial air pressure gauge reading may indicate 10. First Printing . or the door jamb area. drain the vehicle’s battery. Wheels and Tires 5. Re-install the valve cap on the tire 8. Remove the warning sticker found on gauge reading will indicate the tire the canister and place it on the top of inflation pressure after about 30 the instrument panel or the center of seconds of operation. Turn dial (A) clockwise to the sealant recommended tire pressure.

ride disturbance or noise while air position. replace pressure is above 20 psi (1. Inspect the sealed tire immediately. reduce your speed until you can 4. Push and turn the dial clockwise to the vibration. stop and 2. and should be handled carefully You can dispose empty sealant bottles at while unplugging. stage: Re–inflating the tire with sealing compound and air section What to Do After the Tire has Been and have injected sealant in the tire and Sealed the pressure is below 20 psi (1. to the next step. E175983 1. Obtain and replace the sealing compound and spare parts at an authorized Ford The power plug may get hot after use Motor Company dealership or tire dealer. recommended inflation pressure Note: Do not proceed to the second stage shown on the tire label located on the of this operation. First Printing . driver's door or door jamb area. See Second onto the valve stem by turning Stage: Checking Tire Pressure. follows: or in accordance with local waste disposal regulations.4 bar). home. driving. If required. continue the sealant canister and clear tube (hose).4 bar). re-install the valve WARNINGS cap on the tire and return the kit to the If you are proceeding from the First stowage area. If tire After using the kit to seal your tire. 253 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Check the tire pressure any time within the 120 mi (200 km) by performing the steps listed previously in the Second Stage: Checking Tire Pressure procedure. the maximum vehicle speed is 50 mph (80 km/h) and the maximum driving distance is 120 mi (200 km). However. Note: If you experience any unusual 3. Unplug the hoses. Firmly screw the air compressor hose check the tire pressure. Note: After you use the sealing compound. stop and call roadside assistance. return the liquid residue from the sealing compound to an Check the air pressure of your tires as authorized dealer or tire dealer for disposal. Wheels and Tires 11. 5. enUSA. clockwise. After 4 miles (6 kilometers). Remove the valve cap from the tire valve. switch on the compressor safely pull off to the side of the road to call and adjust the tire to the for roadside assistance. You should check the tire pressure with the Second Stage: Checking Tire compressor turned OFF in order to get Pressure an accurate pressure reading.

With the canister held perpendicular to the housing. 254 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. 1. First Printing . E175988 3. Rotate the canister 90 degrees down into the housing/casing. 2. insert the canister nozzle into the connector and push until seated. Installation of the Sealant Canister to the Kit 1. enUSA. Unwrap the power cord. Rotate the sealant canister up 90 E175984 degrees and pull away from casing/housing to remove. Snap the back cover back into place. Wheels and Tires Removal of the Sealant Canister from the Kit E175987 4. Remove the back cover. E175986 3. Unwrap the dual purpose hose (black tube) from the compressor housing. E175985 2.

tires with nominal rim through the rectangular viewing window diameters of 10 to 12 inches or on the bottom of the kit.104 (c)(2). They do not apply to deep tread. First Printing . E175990 These Tire Quality Grades are 5. The Tire Quality Grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. Transportation has set. which you can see tires. Wrap the power cord around the determined by standards that the housing and stow the accessory power United States Department of plug into its storage area. For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A. Make sure you check the sealant space-saver or temporary use compound’s use-by date regularly. enUSA. contact your authorized Ford dealer for assistance. 255 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. canister. E142542 Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires. light truck or LT type sealant canister. winter-type snow tires. The use-by date is on a label located on the spare tires. Wheels and Tires TIRE CARE Information About Uniform Tire Quality Grading E175989 4. Wrap the dual purpose hose (black tube) around the channel on the bottom of the housing/casing. Replace the limited production tires as defined sealant canister after four years of in Title 49 Code of Federal non-use. Regulations Part 575. Note: If you experience any difficulties Tire Quality Grades apply to new when you remove or install the sealant pneumatic passenger car tires.

B. however. B and C. representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its Traction AA A B C ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions WARNING on a specified indoor laboratory The traction grade assigned test wheel. either separately or in upon the actual conditions of their combination. graded 100. and C. Department of The traction grades. and excessive acceleration. The relative underinflation. The temperature grade for For example. a tire graded 150 this tire is established for a would wear 1 ½ times as well on tire that is properly inflated and the government course as a tire not overloaded.S. The treadwear grade is a Temperature A B C comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested WARNING under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the 256 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. First Printing . Department of grades represent the tire’s ability Transportation requires Ford to stop on wet pavement as Motor Company to give you the measured under controlled following information about tire conditions on specified grades exactly as the government government test surfaces of has written it. A tire marked C may have poor traction Treadwear performance. and does not include and reduce tire life. temperature can lead to sudden hydroplaning or peak traction tire failure.S. A. The grades: The U. The grade C characteristics. service The temperature grades are A practices. enUSA. or excessive performance of tires depends loading. Sustained high to this tire is based on temperature can cause the straight-ahead braking traction material of the tire to degenerate tests. and may depart buildup and possible tire failure. and differences in road (the highest). cornering. characteristics and climate. Excessive speed. asphalt and concrete. can cause heat use. Wheels and Tires U. significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits. from highest Transportation Tire quality to lowest are AA.

4 bar) or the tire next to the rim. prior to the vehicle being driven for recommended inflation pressure 1 mile (1. Increasing the inflation for a tire or a tire and tube pressure beyond this pressure will assembly upon which the tire not increase the tire’s beads are seated. enUSA. a metric unit of Standard No. 139. pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire’s *Tread area of the tire: Area of load-carrying capability. or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 42 psi *Rim: The metal support (wheel) (2.9 bar). *Cold tire pressure: The tire pressure when the vehicle has Glossary of Tire Terminology been stationary and out of direct *Tire label: A label showing the sunlight for an hour or more and original equipment tire sizes. tire size and edge that meets the door-latch date of manufacture. a performance on the laboratory standard unit of air pressure.5 bar). For example: for *Bead area of the tire: Area of P-metric tires 35 psi (2. Grades B and A air pressure. First Printing . 36 psi (2. and the maximum weight the *Recommended inflation vehicle can carry. test wheel than the minimum required by law.5 bar) depending on tire * Sidewall of the tire: Area size and for Metric tires 36 psi between the bead area and the (2. of the amount of air in a tire. Increasing the inflation tread. represent higher levels of *PSI: Pounds per square inch. Wheels and Tires Federal Motor Vehicle Safety *kPa: Kilopascal. door-latch post. load-carrying capability. * B-pillar: The structural member *Standard load: A class of at the side of the vehicle behind P-metric or Metric tires designed the front door to carry a maximum load at set pressure. Also referred post. next to the driver's seating to as DOT code. the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted *Extra load: A class of P-metric on the vehicle. or the door manufacturing plant. 257 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. pressure: The cold inflation *Tire Identification Number pressure found on the Safety (TIN): A number on the sidewall Compliance Certification Label of each tire providing information (affixed to either the door hinge about the tire brand and pillar. position) or Tire Label located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the *Inflation pressure: A measure driver’s door.6 kilometers).

Wheels and Tires Information Contained on the A. rating. Federal regulations require tire minivans and light trucks. C.) 258 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. In general. This designated by either the European information identifies and Tire and Rim Technical describes the fundamental Organization or the Japan Tire characteristics of the tire and also Manufacturing Association. the wider the tire. The definitions of these items are listed below. K contact a local tire dealer. load index and speed is not required by federal law. First Printing . J F. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio E C D F which gives the tire's ratio of G height to width. P: Indicates a tire. enUSA. You may find this information in L your owner’s manual. B D. load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example. It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry. provides a U. the larger the Information on P Type Tires number. R: Indicates a radial type tire. sport utility vehicles. you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter.S. (Note that the tire size. that may be used for service on Both United States and Canada cars. E142543 Note: You may not find this P215/65R15 95H is an example of information on all tires because it a tire size. If you change your wheel size. 215: Indicates the nominal standard certification and in case width of the tire in millimeters of a recall. 95: Indicates the tire's load M index. DOT Tire Identification Number for safety B. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim I diameter in inches. Note: If manufacturers to place your tire size does not begin with standardized information on the a letter this may mean it is sidewall of all tires. H A E. designated Tire Sidewall by the Tire and Rim Association. If not. from sidewall edge to sidewall edge.

listed in the following chart. V 149 mph (240 km/h) I. tire manufacturers pressure. or AT: All Terrain. First Printing . The capability over 186 mph (299 ratings range from 81 mph (130 km/h) to 186 mph km/h). or AS: All Season. H. For S 112 mph (180 km/h) example. The tires on your vehicle Note: For tires with a maximum may operate at different speed capability over 149 mph conditions for load and inflation (240 km/h). the next two are M 81 mph (130 km/h) the tire size code and the last four N 87 mph (140 km/h) numbers represent the week and year the tire was built. Wheels and Tires G. H: Indicates the tire's speed Letter Speed rating rating. After 2000 R 106 mph (171 km/h) the numbers go to four digits. enUSA. DOT Tire Identification Note: You may not find this Number (TIN): This begins with information on all tires because it the letters DOT and indicates that is not required by federal law. the tire meets all federal standards. 2501 means the 25th week of 2001. U. The speed rating denotes rating the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended W 168 mph (270 km/h) periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation Y 186 mph (299 km/h) pressure.S. For Q 99 mph (159 km/h) example. For need to be adjusted for the those with a maximum speed difference in conditions. This information is used to contact H 130 mph (210 km/h) customers if a tire defect requires a recall. The numbers in T 118 mph (190 km/h) between are identification codes U 124 mph (200 km/h) used for traceability. These speed ratings may sometimes use the letters ZR. the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997. These ratings are use the letters ZR. The next two numbers Letter Speed rating or letters are the plant code rating designating where it was manufactured. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow. 259 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. tire manufacturers always (299 km/h).

polyester. A tire nylon. heat and its ability to dissipate door-latch post. Maximum Load: Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and *Temperature: The temperature pounds that can be carried by the grades are A (the highest). or the door edge that meets the door-latch post. which can be found on course. a tire graded the Safety Compliance 150 would wear one and one-half Certification Label (affixed to times as well on the government either the door hinge pillar. A. First Printing . position). marked C may have poor traction performance. and C. See the Safety Compliance C. conditions on a specified indoor next to the driver's seating laboratory test wheel. Tire Ply Composition and *Traction: The traction grades. Pressure: Indicates the tire L. The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label. Maximum Inflation pressure for your vehicle. or the door edge heat when tested under controlled that meets the door-latch post. B and tire. which include steel. Treadwear. This is a comparative rating based on pressure is normally higher than the wear rate of the tire when the vehicle manufacturer's tested under controlled conditions recommended cold inflation on a specified government test pressure. Tire pavement as measured under manufacturers also must indicate controlled conditions on specified the ply materials in the tire and the government test surfaces of sidewall. or Tire Label which is located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver’s door. enUSA. asphalt and concrete. next to the driver's seating position). K. and others. Traction and manufacturer's maximum Temperature Grades: permissible pressure. course as a tire graded 100. for the correct tire M. Material Used: Indicates the from highest to lowest are AA. representing the tire's Certification Label (affixed to resistance to the generation of either the door hinge pillar. For example. 260 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. The grades represent the layers of rubber-coated fabric in tire's ability to stop on wet the tire tread and sidewall. Wheels and Tires J. door-latch post. number of plies or the number of B. or the pressure at which the maximum *Treadwear The treadwear grade load can be carried by the tire.

notes or at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the warnings such as standard load maximum load and tire pressure or radial tubeless. D E142544 B LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires. when the tire is used as a dual. Load Range and Load Inflation Limits: Indicates the tire's load-carrying capabilities and its inflation limits. Maximum Load Dual lb (kg) additional markings. Maximum Load Single lb Note: Tire Quality Grades do not (kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates apply to this type of tire. A. defined as two tires C (total) on the rear axle. A Information on T Type Tires T145/80D16 is an example of a tire size. Wheels and Tires The tire suppliers may have C. designated by the Tire and Rim Association. enUSA. Note: The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example. B. the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as B a single. Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire. 261 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. First Printing . LT: Indicates a tire. These differences are described below. defined as four tires on the rear Additional Information axle (a total of six or more tires on Contained on the Tire Sidewall the vehicle). for LT Type Tires D. that is intended for service on light trucks.

At least once a month and before long trips. A E D. that is intended for check pressure of all tires and temporary service on cars. Remember that information beyond those of P a tire can lose up to half of its air type tires. Every day before you drive. In general. 262 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. use a tire gauge to Association. These differences are pressure without appearing flat. If one looks lower than designated by the Tire and Rim the others. Numbers of 70 or B C D lower indicate a short sidewall. If you change your wheel size. 16: Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches. the wider the tire. inspect each tire and B. the larger the inflation pressure recommended number. your tires. Location of the Tire Label You will find a Tire Label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver’s door. Inflating Your Tires E142545 Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are T type tires have some additional properly inflated. minivans and light trucks. you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter. by Ford Motor Company. First Printing . Wheels and Tires C. D: Indicates a diagonal type tire. enUSA. which gives the tire's ratio of height to width. T: Indicates a type of tire. adjust if required. Inflate all tires to the edge. check A. R: Indicates a radial type tire. 80: Indicates the aspect ratio. if from sidewall edge to sidewall equipped). described below. sport-utility vehicles. 145: Indicates the nominal check the tire pressure with a tire width of the tire in millimeters gauge (including spare. E.

A tire can lose up to inflation pressure should never be half of its air pressure and not set lower than the recommended appear to be flat! pressure on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Always inflate your tires to the Tire Label. or the door automatic service station gauges edge that meets the door-latch may be inaccurate. or Tire Label which is or dial-type tire pressure gauge located on the B-Pillar or the edge rather than a stick-type tire of the driver’s door. door-latch post. Ford post. irregular located on the B-Pillar or the edge wear. which can blowout. Wheels and Tires You are strongly urged to buy a (affixed to either the door hinge reliable tire pressure gauge. next to the driver's seating recommends the use of a digital position). tread separation or cold inflation pressure. loss of vehicle control and of the driver’s door. or Tire Label which is unnecessary tire stress. Failure to pressure gauge. or the door resistance. This common cause of tire failures pressure is normally higher than and may result in severe tire the manufacturer’s recommended cracking. The cold accidents. resulting in heat edge that meets the door-latch buildup and internal damage to post. door-latch post. The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label 263 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Under-inflation increases (affixed to either the door hinge sidewall flexing and rolling pillar. enUSA. It also may result in position). as pillar. Ford recommended inflation pressure even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire. next to the driver's seating the tire. follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause Use the recommended cold uneven treadwear patterns and inflation pressure for optimum tire adversely affect the way your performance and wear. vehicle handles Under-inflation or over-inflation may cause uneven treadwear Maximum Inflation Pressure is patterns the tire manufacturer's maximum permissible pressure and the WARNING pressure at which the maximum Under-inflation is the most load can be carried by the tire. with unexpected loss of be found on the Safety vehicle control and increased risk Compliance Certification Label of injury. First Printing .

It is normal for tires to heat up and the air pressure inside to go up as you drive. pressures also change. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire. Make sure the tires are cool. see the example. A hot tire at or below recommended 6. The tires are Store and maintain at the higher of hot from driving and it is normal for the front and rear inflation pressure pressures to increase above as shown on the Tire Label. First Printing . For T type mini-spare meaning they are not hot from tires. (for dissimilar spare tires. enUSA. Add enough air to reach the changes occur. 264 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. recheck the pressure with your tire Check your tire pressures gauge. A 10°F Note: If you overfill the tire. frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be 4. Wheel and Tire Assembly section. cuts or pressure when you get to the bulges. Visually inspect the tires to cold inflation pressure could be make sure there are no nails or significantly under-inflated. reduce air pressure. For full-size and pressure when the tire is hot. Wheels and Tires When weather temperature 3. Replace the valve cap. never bleed or Assembly Information section. found on the Safety Compliance 5. recommended cold pressures. tire inflation recommended air pressure. release (6°C) temperature drop can air by pressing on the metal stem cause a corresponding drop of in the center of the valve. then firmly press the tire gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure. driven more than 1 mile Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire [1. tire. Repeat this procedure for each Certification Label or Tire Label. pump. other tires. see the Dissimilar Spare driving even a mile. check and record the tire pressure 7. Store and maintain at 60 psi Note: If you are checking tire (4. To check the pressure in your Note: Some spare tires operate at tire(s): a higher inflation pressure than the 1. Check the sidewalls to make first and add the appropriate air sure there are no gouges. distance to get air for your tire(s).6 kilometers]. including the spare. other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and Note: If you have to drive a cause an air leak.15 bar). Then 1 psi (7 kPa) in inflation pressure. 2.

have the tire millimeters). If damage is observed 265 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. Built-in treadwear damaged or show signs of indicators. vehicle from skidding and For your safety. First Printing . including the spare. which excessive wear should not be used look like narrow strips of smooth because they are more likely to rubber across the tread will blow out or fail. bruises and other signs of damage or excessive When the tread is worn down to wear. appear on the tire when the tread is worn down to one sixteenth of Improper or inadequate vehicle an inch (2 millimeters) maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. or cuts that may permit air leakage and repair or replace the tire and replace the valve stem. Wheels and Tires Inspecting Your Tires and Tire Wear Wheel Valve Stems Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones. Check the tire and valve stems for holes. tires must be demounted and inspected in case replaced to help prevent your it needs to be repaired or replaced. nails or glass that may be wedged in the tread grooves. tires that are hydroplaning. If internal damage to the tire one sixteenth of an inch (2 is suspected. or wear bars. and replace them if bars. the tire is worn out and must one or more of the following be replaced. cuts. enUSA. conditions exist: Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage (such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls. Inspect all your When the tire tread wears down tires. cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall). Inspect the tire sidewalls for E142546 cracking. to the same height as these wear frequently. cracks.

designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability. The next two numbers or letters are the Tires degrade over time plant code designating where it depending on many factors was manufactured. storage are the tire size code and the last conditions. Wheels and Tires or suspected have the tire describes the fundamental inspected by a tire professional. and conditions of use four numbers represent the week (such as load. the 31st week of 1997. tires should be example. load index. For pressure) the tires experience example. Tire Replacement You should replace your spare tire Requirements when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if Your vehicle is equipped with tires it has not been used. Age This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets WARNING all federal standards. enUSA. inflation and year the tire was built. the next two such as weather. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. DOT Tire Identification WARNINGS Number Only use replacement tires Both United States and Canada and wheels that are the same Federal regulations require tire size. speed rating and manufacturers to place type (such as P-metric versus standardized information on the LT-metric or all-season versus sidewall of all tires. DOT Tire off-road use. For In general.S. First Printing . heat between are identification codes caused by hot climates or used for traceability. so inspection after Identification Number for safety off-road use is also standard certification and in case recommended. This frequent high loading conditions information is used to contact can accelerate the aging process customers if a tire defect requires and may require tires to be a recall. The numbers in of tread wear. the numbers 317 mean throughout their lives. characteristics of the tire and also Tires can be damaged during provides a U. This all-terrain) as those originally information identifies and provided by Ford. of a recall. 2501 means the 25th replaced after six years regardless week of 2001. The recommended tire and wheel size 266 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. However. U. speed.S. replaced more frequently.

38 bar) greater than have questions regarding tire the maximum pressure. Stand at a minimum of 12 feet in an increased risk of loss of (3.66 meters) of the tire to set the beads without away from the wheel and tire additional precautions listed assembly below. or the Tire Label which protect the person mounting the is located on the B-Pillar or edge tire: of the driver’s door. Make sure that you have the labels then you should contact correct tire and wheel size. you with a remote air fill with the should not exceed the maximum person inflating standing at a pressure indicated on the sidewall minimum of 12 feet (3. Use of any tire or wheel 2. re-lubricate and try again Important: Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle 267 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. enUSA.66 meters) away from the vehicle control. suspension. Use both eye and ear non-recommended tires and protection. affect the safety and performance of your vehicle. contact your dealer or other tire service authorized dealer as soon as professional should do the possible. vehicle rollover. wheel and tire assembly. next to the driver's seating precautions must be taken to position). when mounting Always inflate steel carcass tires replacement tires and wheels. If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated. If you than 20 psi (1.38 bar) greater than the pillar. personal injury and death. transfer case or For a mounting pressure more power transfer unit failure. door-latch post. Lubricate the tire bead and not recommended by Ford can wheel bead seat area again. First Printing . wheels could cause steering. Additionally the use of 4. or the door maximum pressure on the tire edge that meets the door-latch sidewall. axle. the following post. To reduce the risk of serious injury. your authorized dealer as soon as possible. If this information is not found on these 1. mounting. which could result 3. a Ford replacement. Wheels and Tires WARNINGS WARNINGS may be found on either the Safety When inflating the tire for Compliance Certification Label mounting pressures up to 20 psi (affixed to either the door hinge (1.

stops and turns to be used in aftermarket wheels. do not reduce your speed. mud or sand. the there’s always the possibility that system is malfunctioning. have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility Do not spin the wheels at or tire dealer to have the vehicle over 35 mph (56 km/h). The tire pressure sensors mounted *Observe posted speed limits in the wheels (originally installed on your vehicle) are not designed *Avoid fast starts. or This may further damage the flat some component of the system tire. tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander. but your safety is more may be damaged. safety. *Avoid potholes and objects on The use of wheels or tires not the road recommended by Ford Motor *Do not run over curbs or hit the Company may affect the tire against a curb when parking operation of your tire pressure monitoring system. Spinning the caution until you can safely pull tires can tear the tire and cause off the road. Drive with rapidly spin the tires. Wheels and Tires The two front tires or two rear tires Driving habits have a great deal should generally be replaced as a to do with your tire mileage and pair. 268 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. immediately snow. Your you may eventually have a flat tire replacement tire might be on the highway. or WARNINGS you suspect your tire or vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in has been damaged. The inspected. First Printing . detect a cause. enUSA. Safety Practices If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving. important. Highway Hazards If the tire pressure monitoring No matter how carefully you drive system indicator is flashing. pressure monitoring system. If you cannot as little as three to five seconds. A tire can explode in tires for damage. Stop and inspect the an explosion. Drive slowly to the incompatible with your tire closest safe area out of traffic.

and should not be used in a tire Wheel misalignment in the front rotation. Have an authorized spare wheel and tire assembly it is dealer check the wheel alignment intended for temporary use only periodically. Wheels and Tires Tire and Wheel Alignment Note: Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare A bad jolt from hitting a curb or wheel and tire assembly. enUSA. An unbalanced tire providing better tire performance and wheel assembly may result in and longer tire life. the wheels may be out of wheels. First Printing . tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation. Front-wheel drive vehicles (front Tire Rotation tires on the left side of the diagram) Note: If your tires show uneven wear ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment. inflation pressure must be should be corrected by an checked and adjusted to the authorized dealer. drive vehicles and those with an independent rear suspension may Rotating your tires at the require alignment of all four recommended interval (as wheels. Front-wheel vehicle requirements. size or pull to one side when you’re appearance from the road tires and driving. or the rear can cause uneven and Note: After having your tires rapid treadwear of your tires and rotated. If you have a dissimilar alignment. indicated in the scheduled maintenance information) will The tires should also be balanced help your tires wear more evenly. E142547 Non-directional tires 269 C-MAX (CCG) Canada/United States of America. irregular tire wear. If your vehicle seems to different in brand. periodically. A pothole can cause the front end dissimilar spare wheel and tire of your vehicle to become assembly is defined as a spare misaligned or cause damage to wheel and tire assembly that is your tires.

which could pressure for those tires. and inflate use on your vehicle. enUSA. Failure to properly maintain your tire pressure Directional tires could increase the risk of tire failure. the use of has been equipped with a Tire Pressure non-recommended tires and wheels could Monitoring System (TPMS) that cause steering. should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by WARNING the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle Snow tires must be the same size. axle. your vehicle death. you should stop and check Snow chains have not been approved for your tires as soon as possible. personal injury and As an added safety feature. Each tire. and may affect the